NOTE : PLEASE READ THIS GUIDE IN ONLY COURIER NEW FONT SIZE 10.
Hello and welcome folks, Welcome to a new kind of terror and horror.
Welcome to my walkthrough in progress for Resident Evil 4 !!!.
�m#��mm� p�**��q _qmmmm���p mm�mmm�_ p�**���=q_ p=�p��p��p
�# 3�ظ�� 3�L_ ؆ � ��# ��F [��_ � 3 3� L
��__q��`��M������ ���#p_ ؆ � � �љ������ [ �ѿ � 3�
�# ��� ��� ���#�؆ �L q� ��L [ �#_� 3�
�# ��_ ���____�~ ___цņ �L __�F ���____� [ ��� q�
��� �p ���� ���� ��� ������ ���� � ` ���
�_
.. ______
,: . _د������ �� ش��؈ ���
.tL,. q�______ ѿ � [� ��
..LGjLt: . �ѯ����� ��_ /` [� ��
.. ;DLtitLGf;: ��� ��q� [� �� �
.fDjiitttjGKKt. ������m� \� ,��, ���q#
. .;DLjtjjjjjjfDEt.
:LDfjtjjjffjjGDD;
.iDftitttttijjLfGG;
iGjiiittfj;,LGLfLG;.
,f;;iitijLj,.,DDLfGG;
.tLi;;jtiiti:. :EEfjfL, .
;Lf;iiiitLi: :DGftjL;.
.tGi;,,ii;;;: . .tGfiiji.
.ff;;,,;iti.::::...:;jji;ti:
jf;,,,,;ii,.,,,tfjjfit;itiij; . WELCOME TO A NEW NIGHTMARE...
.tj;,,,,,,;ittjtttii;,;,,,,;jft,it.
it,,::.....:.. .,t;,,,,;;jGGL,.
;i,. :tt,,;,,::tj;,.
:;. :ji:,,;,. .i;:.
: :t;,:,;;. :;:
:i;;i;,;. it:
.:i..;i,,.,ft:
:; iijti,:.
:tft::.
.:,:.
.. .. . .
WELCOME TO THE NIGHTMARE THAT IS RESIDENT EVIL 4 !!..
Okey i think that was dramatic enough.
Completion rate 15 % out of 100% so far
NOTE : THIS WALKTHROUGH IS NOT YET COMPLETED BY ANY MEANS, I WILL MOST
DEFINETLY ADD LOTS AND LOTS OF STUFF IN THE COMING DAYS OR WEEKS, THE
ONLY REASON WHY IM HURRYING TO UPLOAD AN INCOMPLETE VERSION IS BECAUSE
I JUST WANT A PLACE-HOLDER FOR MY WALKTHROUGH WHICH I CAN UPDATE WHEN
EVER IM FEELING LIKE IT SINCE ITS MY MID-TERM SEASON I DONT KNOW IF I
WILL BE ABLE TO GET ONLINE THAT OFTEN FOR A WHILE.
THIS MESSAGE WILL BE DELETED ONCE THE WALKTHROUGH IS COMPLETED.
--
Welcome to my walkthrough of Resident Evil 4 for the Nintendo GameCube
console. This walkthrough will only cover the GC version for now so
dont ask me about the ps2 version thats scheduled to come out later
in 2005 , since we hardly know anything about it as of now.
This walkthrough is brought to you by Adnan Javed, better known as
ChandooG on the GameFAQ's message boards and as A-J among his friends
and many many forums. So far this is for the Nintendo version of the
game only, and if the game is ever ported to any other console i shall
add information about them as required.
This walkthrough by all means is not complete and i will most definetly
by adding tons and tons of stuff to it in the coming days, like i said
above right now im just in a hurry to make a place holder for myself
and thus im uploading an incomplete version of the walkthrough for now.
ENJOY !
Overview :
Resident Evil 4 / Biohazard 4
FAQ / Walkthrough
By Adnan Javed
Alias AJ
ChandooG on gamefaqs.com message boards
[email protected]
[email protected]
Updated on Jan/27/2005
Original ver Jan/21/2005
www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
_ _ _ __
| |_ __ _| |__ | | ___ ___ / _|
| __/ _` | '_ \| |/ _ \ / _ \| |_
| || (_| | |_) | | __/ | (_) | _|
\__\__,_|_.__/|_|\___| \___/|_|
_ _
___ ___ _ __ | |_ ___ _ __ | |_
/ __/ _ \| '_ \| __/ _ \ '_ \| __|
| (_| (_) | | | | || __/ | | | |_
\___\___/|_| |_|\__\___|_| |_|\__|
____ ________________ ____________________________________________
| | | | |
|S no| TITLE | DESCRIPTION |CODE |
|___ |________________|_____________________________________|_____ |
| | | | |
|0. | VERSION HIST. | History of the walkthrough. |re4000|
| | | | |
| | | | |
|1. | INFORMATION | The most basic information anyone |re4001|
| | | would wanna know before playing. | |
| | | | |
|2. | INTRODUCTION | An introduction to Resident evil 4 |re4002|
| | | for those not aware with its history| |
| | | | |
|3. | STORY | A small look at the events leading |re4003|
| | | up to Resident Evil 4. | |
| | | | |
|4. | CONTROLS | The controls of the game, Ashley |re4004|
| | | and the advanced control features. | |
| | | | |
|5. | CHARACTERS | A look at the main stars of the |re4005|
| | | show, indepth and spoiling. | |
| | | | |
|6. | BEGINNER TIPS | The most basic tips everyone |re4006|
| | | should know to survive. | |
| | | | |
|7 .| WALKTHROUGH | The heart of the mass, complete |re4007|
| | | start to finish walkthrough. | |
| | | - Chapter 1 | 1-1 |
| | | - Chapter 2 | 2-1 |
| | | - Chapter 3 | 3-1 |
| | | - Chapter 4 | 4-1 |
| | | - Chapter 5 | 5-1 |
| | | - Chapter 6 | 6-1 |
| | | | |
|8. | NON SPOILER | For the non-spoiler type, a new |re4008|(NOTE)
| | WALKTHROUGH | thing i've implimented here. | |
| | | | |
|9. | THE MINI GAMES | All the low down about the mini |re4009|
| | | games in resident evil 4. | |
| | | - Assignment Ada |adare4|
| | | - Mercenaries |mercre4|
| | | - Shooting Range |shtrgre4|
| | | | |
|10.| ITEM LIST | All the items in the game listed. |re4010|
| | | | |
| | | | |
|11.| ENEMIES | A look at the enemies you'll see |re4011|
| | | in the game, no bosses here. | |
| | | | |
|12.| WEAPONS | A look at the weapons you'll be |re4012|
| | | using through out the game. | |
| | | | |
|13.| MEMO LIST | All the memo's, notes and files |re4013|
| | | you can find in the game. | |
| | | | |
|14.| CHEATS | For the cheating type. Contains |re4014|
| | | secrets, tips and codes for RE4. | |
| | | | |
|15.| MISC RAMBLINGS | Contains FAQ's about RE4 and a |re4015|
| | | few other stuff, check it out. | |
| | | | |
|16.| BACK STORY | History of Resident Evil, also |re4016|
| | | contains Wesker's reports 1 & 2. | |
| | | | |
|17.| BOSS STRATEGY | Separate boss strategies for those |re4017|
| | | not willing to spoil themselves. | |
| | | | |
|18.| REVIEW | Read what I thought of Re4. |re4018|
| | | | |
| | | | |
|19.| LEGAL | All the legal information . |re4019|
|___|_________________|_____________________________________|______|
(NOTE) = IF YOU WANT THE NON SPOILING WALKTHROUGH DIRECTLY ENTER THIS
AREA's CODE.
Note : If you want to go to a particular section of a bigger section
like if you want to just go to Assignment Ada, then go to the main
mini games area, I have made separate codes for the different mini
games there too. For easier navigation.
To ask me any question about this walkthrough or the game, or just
for your general feedback, which is always appreciated. just send
me a mail at the following addresses
[email protected]
[email protected]
0.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _ _
__ _____ _ _ __(_)___ _ _ | |_ (_)__| |_ ___ _ _ _ _
\ V / -_) '_(_-< / _ \ ' \ | ' \| (_-< _/ _ \ '_| || |
\_/\___|_| /__/_\___/_||_| |_||_|_/__/\__\___/_| \_, |
|__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4000
Alright, so this is most probably the most ambitious work I have
ever done so far, its also probably the first walkthrough that i
didn't finish in the first version, mostly because of my mid
terms so here's version history area for the back story kinda
people (like me).
VERSION 0.1
-----------
Started the initial work on the walkthrough, wrote down some of
the smaller sections, the walkthrough is still not complete
though, i will probably do that before january is over. Other
sections will come soon afterwards. Please send me feedback on
what you think about it.
VERSION 0.2
-----------
Alright, another day and another batch of the walkthrough is now
done, though i probably will upload the next version when i've
done the main walkthrough part, but im leaving that for the end
since this is a huge game and that will take me the most amount
of time to complete. God help me.. Still I have plenty of stuff
that i have to add, and i haven't even touched the walkthrough
part for the past few days. Im anticipating this thing will go
over 400 kb if it keeps getting bigger like this.
PS. The reason why i updated it so quickly after GameFaqs accepted
it was 'cause i made a HUGE error for the release dates in the info
section, I accidentally copied from another game lol.
VERSION 0.3
-----------
After receiving more then one complaint that the timeline section
was too big and not that useful i decided to trim it down a whole
lot and its now a lot smaller and slimmer, there you go people lol.
I will most definetly continue the main walkthrough from monday
hopefully.
VERSION 0.4
-----------
Completed a crap load of stuff, sorry that it took so long since
its been raining like hell where I am at this time and often my
electricity goes out for hours at a time. Next update will most
likely be the full guide. ps. Main walkthrough is done now. One
or the other big things i did was shuffle around with the table
of contents and the sections and now the enemies and weapons are
located after the walkthrough, not before it like i usually do.
If you guys have some questions about the game then gladly email
them to me and I will also add them to the FAQ area as well.
I STILL have to add more stuff to the walkthrough even as we
speak to dont be surprised if it gets even bigger in the coming
days because its NOT finished yet.
END OF SECTION.
1.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ __ _ _
(_)_ _ / _|___ _ _ _ __ __ _| |_(_)___ _ _
| | ' \| _/ _ \ '_| ' \/ _` | _| / _ \ ' \
|_|_||_|_| \___/_| |_|_|_\__,_|\__|_\___/_||_|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4001
Game : Resident Evil 4 / Biohazard 4.
Platform : Nintendo GameCube
Release dates : (NA) 01/11/05
(EU) 03/18/05
(JP) 01/27/05
Game Genre : Survival Horror genra.
ESRB Rating : Mature, 18+
Playable characters : many
Scenario's : 1 (1 main and other mini-games)
Number of Endings : 1
Boss Fights : 5 or so.
-----
Personal Information
Author name : Adnan Javed
Alias : A-J , ChandooG
Author age : 18
Contact : [email protected]
Comments : The best survival horror game, thats what
people are calling this gem of a game, with
some of the most stunning graphics ever seen
on a console game, its worth getting a cube
just for this game alone.
END SECTION.
2.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _ _ _
(_)_ _| |_ _ _ ___ __| |_ _ __| |_(_)___ _ _
| | ' \ _| '_/ _ \/ _` | || / _| _| / _ \ ' \
|_|_||_\__|_| \___/\__,_|\_,_\__|\__|_\___/_||_|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4002
What do you get when you mix a little bit of Metal Gear solid style
action, some silent hill style psychological scares, and a little
bit of old school resident evil charm and scare into a pot and mix,
you get Resident Evil 4, thats right, Resident Evil 4, the game
thats gone through even more stages then Jacko himself. Resident
Evil as we know it has been changed completely and by god its been
done all for the very best. For those who dont have any idea about
the history of just this one game, let me take you down memory lane.
Rumors about Resident Evil 4 began surfacing as far back as when Code
Veronica X was first released for the PlayStation 2 console, back
then the earliest RE4 rumors were that you get to play the game from
the prespective of an Umbrella agent, possibly Hunk, and there were
even fake box arts which people believed true thrown on the internet,
im pretty sure most of you have seen some of them as well, the most
famous one i still have on my PC. Now those rumors about Resident
evil 4 were shot down after Capcom signed the exclusive deal with
Nintendo and their GameCube console.
After that it was quiet for a little while but after Resident Evil 0
was finished more rumors about Resident Evil 4's developement started
to surface, and there was eventually confirmation that it would
eventually come out on the nintendo GameCube console and the main star
of the show would be none other then Leon S Kennedy, rookie cop turned
hardened veteran, there was even a trailer launched for the game some
time ago, the trailer featured Leon roaming through a castle like
enviroment with lush backgrounds and eerie monsters. But eventually
all that was shut down and it was announced that the series's creator
Shinji Mikami wanted to take the series to a new level and that he was
now working on Resident Evil 4 from scratch. After that it remained
quiet for some time and we would hear tids and bits about the game and
its setting, seemingly more like an action game compared to a horror
game, but the fans just dont realize that you cant judge something
unless you get your hands on it. Exactly the same case here.
As time passed we started getting footage and video's from the un
finished game core, and the first thing everyone agreed on was that
the game looked abso-fricking-lutely amazing, nothing like this had
ever been seen before, the graphics were shocking and breath taking.
So it continued, the next big shock in Resident Evil 4's history came
when Capcom made a public announcement on their website that they
will eventually make a PS2 version of Resident Evil 4 by the end of
2005. Not much is known about that port at this time but people (most
people i know) wonder wether such high quality can be ported over to
a less end console compared to the GameCube. I personally wish that
it does.
Thats about the end of Resident Evil 4's history, the game was
released first in the US area's before any place in the world, same
as resident evil zero which came to US before japan. Now most people
are rushing to get their copies of the game, and thats just what led
you to this walkthrough, so here we have. Resident Evil 4, in all its
prime and glory, and by god people should get this game as soon as
they have some time, or if you dont own a gamecube i would ask you to
buy one just for this game since this is probably the next big thing
in video gaming.
But dont just think that Resi 4 is eye candy, the plot behind the game
though mostly un-related to the previous titles is highly engaging and
involving, you'll see characters from Leon's past and some new people
Leon will get to know during the course of the game, first thing, i
just want to clear that Wesker is NOT in the main story game, so dont
get in confusion about that at this early stage of the walkthrough.
Now, carry on reading the walkthrough.
CAPCOM SAYS.
------------
Resident Evil� 4 marks a terrifying new chapter in the world renowned
Resident Evil� series- exclusively for the Nintendo GameCube�. Players
rejoin Leon S. Kennedy, six years after his first mission as a rookie
cop from Resident Evil� 2. Now as a U.S. agent, Leon is on a top-secret
mission to investigate the disappearance of the President�s daughter
and has made his way to a mysterious location in Europe. As Leon
encounters unimaginable horrors, he must find outwho or what is behind
everything.
Key Features:
- Unsurpassed visuals withbreathtaking 3D graphics and effects
- Behind the camera view follows Leon�s every move and allows for
intuitive movement
- Never before seen enemies with advanced AI
- Enhanced aim and shoot features
- Innovative �A� action button allows players to perform various
actions
�Capcom Co., Ltd. 2005 �Capcom U.S.A., Inc. 2005 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
RESIDENT EVIL, CAPCOM and the CAPCOM LOGO are registered trademarks of
Capcom Co., Ltd. Nintendo, Nintendo GameCube theofficial seal are
trademarks of Nintendo.Theratings iconis a registered trademark of the
Entertainment Software Association. All other trademarks are owned by
their respective owners.
END SECTION.
3.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_
__| |_ ___ _ _ _ _
(_-< _/ _ \ '_| || |
/__/\__\___/_| \_, |
|__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4003
Six years have passed since the destruction of Raccon City. US agent Leon
S Kennedy has been assigned to locate the president's kidnapped daughter.
His investigation has led him to a rural port of Europe. Hoping to find
information, he makes a stop at a village. But what he found was more
then out of the ordinary. Upon entering the village, Leon is suddenly
attacked. He has no choice but to return fire in self defence. But that
wasn't enough to stop "Them". It reminded Leon of the horrors that had
occured in Raccoon City.
" I thought the nighmares were over.."
Flesh that knows no pain, strength beyond any human, it all seemed very
familiar, too-familiar. But something was different, something about
their eyes... inspite of all the madness there was something human still
in them.
" No they're different, they're not zombies"
" Then what are they ? "
" What happened here ? "
--------
That creepy prologue was taken from the official Resident Evil 4 website,
you should know most of the back story about Resident Evil 4 for now, and
most of what the game starts off with, to make it a little simple most of
the game's story does not have that much to do with the past resident evil
games, so thankfully resident evil 4 is equally enjoyable by the people
who haven't played any of the previous resident evil games, although you
will be unfamiliar to some of the characters you meet a little further in
the game, you still wont miss out on that much. Now when the game starts,
Leon has gotten an assignment from his agency which tells him that he needs
to head to Europe and find the president's daughter who was kidnapped some
time ago. Leon heads to Europe and his search leeds him to a strange
village and the area surrounding it.
Leon heads with two cops and makes his way into the woody area, he takes
a little route leading him into a little cabin in the lush forest area,
he finds a single villager inside the cabin, Leon asks the villager about
the President's daughter, but the guy doesnt respond, slowly the guy
reaches for his axe and suddenly out of no where tries to kill Leon, he
skillfuly dodges the attack and shoots his assailant down, who takes far
more then any normal human could take to die, but this wasnt any
zombified human either, he was mostly humanoid and intelligent, nothing
like the undead Leon had faced before, so what were they ?! While Leon
is pondering over this suddenly he finds more and more villagers coming
his way and attacking him. Now Leon must find the presidents daughter as
well as safe his own neck from these villagers.
END SECTION.
4.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
__ ___ _ _| |_ _ _ ___| |___
/ _/ _ \ ' \ _| '_/ _ \ (_-<
\__\___/_||_\__|_| \___/_/__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4004
Here is a basic layout of the control configuration for
Resndent Evil 4.
D-PAD :
Move the characters around, navigate characters
ANALOG STICK :
Move the characters around, navigate characters
A BUTTON
The action button, perform all sorts of actions with this
button and fire weapons when ever ready and aiming.
B BUTTON
The cancel button, press this to cancel out of menu's or
cancel a choice, also hold down this to run.
L BUTTON
Aim with the knife, simple as that.
R BUTTON
Aim with available firearm that your character is holding.
X BUTTON
Communicate with your partner character, give orders and
what not.
Y BUTTON
Open the menu.
Z BUTTON
Open the navigational map.
C-STICK :
Rotate the camera in any direction. Look mode.
START BUTTON
Pause the game and take a breather.
ASHLEY CONTROLS
---------------
Here is a brief list of controls that Leon can command Ashley with
or make Ashley stay and what not.
Before anything, I should tell you Ashley's death cases, Ashley can
die with the methods that Leon can, meaning you can shoot her either
yourself, a single bullet and she's dead. She can also be attacked by
the monsters on screen, or if you leave her in the same place for a
little while and the villagers come and take her away, its game over.
( Similar to ICO) if you want to prevent the villagers from taking
her away, shoot the villager so that he/she drops Ashley.
Ashley has a similar life bar as Leon's and that helps you keep a
quick eye on Ashley's health bar, besides that you will see icon's
displaying what kind of action Ashley is taking at this time.
Since i suck at ascii.... I will just make text versions of them.
ICON OF TWO PEOPLE : This means simply that Ashley is doing nothing
else but following Leon around.
ICON OF ONE PERSON : This means that Ashley is standing alone and
waiting for Leon.
ICON WITH LINE IN MIDDLE : This means that Ashley is being attacked
and you gotta go help her
EXCLAMATION MARK : This means that Ashley's being taken away by a
villager and you need to quickly free her.
Besides that Leon can also often use Ashley's help to reach previously
un-reachable area's, when you get to one you'll get the respective icon.
ADVANCED CONTROL FUNCTIONS
--------------------------
Resident Evil 4 has some advanced moves too which are really
simple to perform, i call them advance because they're extra
ordinary moves that cannot be performed by just a single key.
QUICK TURNING
-------------
Quick turning first came into view in Resident Evil 3, after
that in the later games the methods of quick turning were
slightly changed but in Resident Evil 2 the turning method
is exactly the same, when you want to quick turn hold down
the down key and press the B button and Leon will turn in a
180* spin and your good to go.
HAND TO HAND COMBAT
-------------------
Another new feature to Resident Evil 4 is the inclusion of hand
to hand combat, not really combat but in certain cases Leon will
perform kicks or even suplex moves on enemies, if you want to
execute one make sure that the enemy in front of you is in a
dazed position, meaning that if you are facing a villager then
hit it once in the knee so he's either on his knees or dazed,
then run right up to him and press the action key and Leon
will do a devestating kick. If you do the same thing for the
monks then Leon will perform the suplex move.
Here in simple words is a chart of what your characters can do
when an enemy is either kneeled or dazed from a head shot many
people dont realize this but each character ( im saying each
because im counting the one's in mercenary mode here too) has
two different meelee attacks they can perform depending on the
current condition of the enemy, here's the chart.
You can perform one of them on a ganado whom has been stunned
with a shot to the head.
Leon: Kick
Ada: Fan Kick
Krauser: Kick (Two Kicks - Immensely Powerful)
HUNK: Neck Snap or something (Instant Death, to anything)
Wesker: Thrust Punch (ala CVX)
The second, is only do-able if you shoot them in the calf and they
kneel in pain.
Leon: Low Kick
Ada: Back Kick
Krauser: Knee (He thrust his knee into the air. Anything it hits
takes damage.)
HUNK: Kick (Similiar to Knee, but with the foot.)
Wesker: Chikyo Chagi. Wesker lifts his foot up high, brings it
down with immense force, shattering the skulls of enemies
under his foot
RELOADING A WEAPON
------------------
Reloading the weapons is one of the oddly changed things for
the game, you can not reload the weapon normally, when you
want to reload it you should first press the R button so
that Leon has the weapon ready, then press the B button with
it and Leon will reload the weapon, but you will be vulnerable
during this time.
CAMERA CONTROL
--------------
Since Resident Evil 4 is a game made completely in 3D you can
view the area around you at your free will, at any time use
the C stick and you will be able to view the entire area with
a controlled perspective.
SAVING YOUR GAME
----------------
The method for saving the game is thankfully not that different
from the other Resident Evil games, you will find typewriters
scattered through out the game and you can save your game at
them, but unlike other resident evil games you do not need a
ink ribbon to save, meaning you can save as much as you want.
END SECTION.
5.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
__| |_ __ _ _ _ __ _ __| |_ ___ _ _ ___
/ _| ' \/ _` | '_/ _` / _| _/ -_) '_(_-<
\__|_||_\__,_|_| \__,_\__|\__\___|_| /__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4005
LEON S. KENNEDY
===============
Leon S Kennedy is the main protagonist of the game, that means the hero
for those who dont know hard english hehe, anyway, most of the people
would know Leon best as the idealistic rookie cop who was on the first
day of his job heading to Raccoon city police department when all hell
broke loose, the rookie cop didnt loose his wits though and Leon was
one of the few survivors that made it out of the city alive before it
was nuked on October 1st. Well his story doesnt end there, there's a
lot more that happened afterwards.
After the Raccoon city incident, Leon was immediately contacted by the
government and was offered to work for them and become one of their
top agents as shown in his epilogue file from Resident Evil 3, having
no other alternative Leon agreed to their request and started his long
and grueling training process in the government facilities, there the
true gem was carved and Leon gained usefull skills which would have
made his life much more easier if it was the Raccoon city incident.
At last Leon was trained well enough to start taking top secret orders
and high class missions, and that is what he did until he was asked to
find the missing daughter of the president of the United States of
America who was kidnapped some while ago, his mission led him to the
internal area's of Europe, to area's unfamiliar to him. Leon must use
his skills and wit to complete his mission objective and escape the
vicinity alive with the presidents daughter, he always keeps in contact
with his HQ via a MGS style codec which comes in handy when he needs
some sort of advice.
Leon still has nightmares about the Raccoon city incident and the death
and slaughtered civilians of the dead city, but the only thing that
helps him breath easy is that he was sure the Umbrella corporations
nightmares were over, little did he know that he would run into something
far far worse then mindless zombies.
## The game's protagonist. This former police officer of the Raccoon
Police Department was responsible for the destruction of the Umbrella
facility that appeared in Resident Evil 2 and has now become an elite
top agent of the United States.
This time he must go solo on a mission in Europe to discover the
where abouts of the kidnapped president's daughter and rescue her. ##
ASHLEY GRAHAM
=============
Ashley is the sweet love-able daughter of the President of the United
States of America, little is known about her to the player, but the
mission Leon is at this moment involves her rescue. Ashley was kidnapped
returning home from college by mysterious people and since then has been
missing, even though this is a high level crisis, the general public has
no idea of this incident, and the government wants to resolve this in the
shadows which is why Leon is being sent alone on the mission to find her.
Some time ago there was a tip that Ashley was spotted in a rural village
somewhere in Europe, and thats where Leon is going to search for her.
So far there has been no sort of ransom demand for her disappearance.
Speaking of Ashley, being a sweet college girl she obviously has no idea
how to use weapons and she cant handle herself in a situation like this
very well either so its imperitive that Leon rescue her and bring her
back to the States ASAP.
## Daughter of the President of the United States. She was kidnapped by
a mysterious group on the way home from college. Allegedly, she was
spotter in a village in Europe. But there has been no sign of her
ever since. ##.
LUIS SERA
=========
Not long after Leon first confrints the mad villagers, he finds Luis
all roped up in a hidden room inside one of the houses, unfortunately
their first meeting doesnt go that well as Leon is attacked by the
chief of the village before he gets to know much about Luis. Later he
tells Leon that he is also a cop from a neighbouring town and he's
here for business of his own. But whats he doing here really, anyone
with a sane mind would want to be as far from a place like this as
possible.
Actually Luis knows far more then he lets Leon think, Luis knows all
the dirty secrets of the village and he seems to know the village
chief quiet that well, not that they're friends or anything. The truth
of the matter is that Luis knows just about everything, right down to
the reason why the villagers are all mad and want to kill every one.
Luis is actually here because he stole something of great value from
these people, but what could it be ?! play and find out.
INGRID HUNNIGAN
===============
Think of Ingrid as the Mei Ling of Resident Evil 4. For those who are
not familiar with who Mei Ling is, well all she does is keep in contact
with Leon over the communications line and provides him backup, and
intelligence when needed. Ingrid is Leon's only contact from Europe to
his head quarters, talk to her when ever you need information on what
to do next. Or just want to chat or flirt with her hehehe.
BITORES MENDEZ (Aka Village Chief)
==================================
Yes, he is the big guy who looks a little like Barry, but let me clear
it that he has no relation to Barry what so ever. The first time Leon
runs intl Mendez is when he first meets Luis, not long after meeting
Luis, Mendez walks into the room, and when Leon tries to fight his way
out, Mendez single handedly over powers Leon and sends him smashing to
the world of unconsciousness.
Mendez is obviously endowed with super human strength and his physical
statue is far bigger then any of the normal villagers, in reality he
is the leader of the village and he is the only one of them who knows
a little english, though he looks menacing like a tyrant he can speak
like normal people and retains most of his human intelligence too, and
he is also the priest of the village, but he preaches some sort of
weird cult like religion to the villagers, overall the villagers all
consider him the highest priority, and his will is the final step.
## Leon's search for Ashley leads him to a small village. This
intimidating one-eyed individual is the chief of the village
and a priest who teaches an obscure religion to his macabre
disciples ##
JACK KRAUSER
============
Jack Krauser is one of the former agents of the same agency where Leon
now works, but Jack apparently died in a helicopter crash during one of
his missions when Leon was just new, they both didnt have much of a
friendship so Leon doesn't know much about his character. After Leon is
in the village, among one of the shocks he gets is the return of Jack.
Apparently he's still alive and kicking, and seems like he's been doing
some double agent work of his own.
In terms of skills Jack is just as skilled as Leon, or maybe we could say
he's an even more skilled and dangerous individual since he's been an
agent for a much longer period of time, capable of killing a person wether
armed or dis-armed, Jack's motives in the village are unknown. Though it
looks like he works for Saddler, he's working for another person too, later
in the game after the "Bitch in the red dress" or so what he calls "her"
arrives, we get the impression that Jack is working for the same people
as SHE is.
Jack explains to Leon that he wanted to gain the trust of Saddler and his
crew, and HE was the one who kidnapped Ashley just to show his loyality
to him, but unfortunately for Jack, Saddler doesnt like americans one bit
so his plan didn't work that way either. What else is there for Jack to
do now, play the game to find out.
OSMUND SADDLER
==============
If you dont want the game spoiled for you then dont read this guy's promo
since i will spoil almost the entire plot here mehehehe (Im an evil mofo).
Saddler is the guy who is responsible for the villagers current condition
He is the guy who released the virus, or plague which turned all the people
of the villagers, who were once calm and collected, into murderous maniacs.
Eventually Saddler wants to take over the entire world using his plague
since he is the only one who has any form of control over this plague.
Saddler hates americans over all else, which is why he doesn't like Jack
even after Jack kidnaps the president's daughter for him, Saddler doesnt
like Ashley either but she is the perfect candidate for his plans, which
is why Ashley is alive up till this point, otherwise she would have been
killed a long time ago.
RAMON SALAZAR
=============
Salazar's family have a long and un-happy history when it comes to the
Los Plagos, you see Salazar's ancient ancestors were the people who are
responsible for sealing the Los Plagos creatures and stop them from
infecting anything else, but after Saddler's reign began he used the
current generation Salazer, Ramon, to unlock the mines with the Plagos
creatures trapped in them. Ramon is nothing but a pawn in his game.
Personally Ramon is fairly interested in Ashley and experimenting on
her but he thinks that Leon is nothing but a nuisance and wants to
get rid of him. Will he succeed ?
ADA WONG
========
"The bitch in the red dress" is what Jack calls her, and the title is
just about suited for her. Ada wong and Leon go way back to the times
of the Raccoon City incident, Leon met up with ada in the RPD precient
while she was searching for her missing boyfriend, Leon aided her in
her search until they got to the underground umbrella labs located
below Raccon City, thats where Leon realized that Ada was just working
for the *Agency* and all her mission was to locate the G-Virus sample.
It was Ada's falling for Leon that made her lay the gun down and not
kill Leon when she had the chance but that ended up causing her life
when Annette Birkin shot her off a chasm, but Wesker apparently still
had use for her and he didnt want Ada to die, he saved Ada and now
Ada is working full time with Wesker. They're best of buds..
As far as this assignment is concerned, Ada is here for reasons of
her own, you will find out more about her agenda when going through
the game, but i'll just tell you here, Ada is here because she wants
to collect samples of the plague thats responsible for the villagers
going mad, whats the reason you ask, well the reason is that Wesker
told her to get it. Why did Wesker ask her to get it, well i really
cant say that since its a really big spoiler in the story.
END SECTION.
6.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _ _
| |__ ___ __ _(_)_ _ _ _ ___ _ _ ___ | |_(_)_ __ ___
| '_ \/ -_) _` | | ' \| ' \/ -_) '_(_-< | _| | '_ (_-<
|_.__/\___\__, |_|_||_|_||_\___|_| /__/ \__|_| .__/__/
|___/ |_|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4006
SHOTGUN TRICKS
--------------
The shotgun isnt just a powerul weapon, you can use it for a
few good uses other then just blind shooting, this is one of
the things every resident evil player should realize, shotguns
are the perfect stopping weapons meaning they will stop an
enemy in its tracks, use this in context with the knife and
you can save yourself plenty of ammo, example, shoot anyone
with a shotgun (works best on villagers) and they'll either
flinch or drop, if you shoot them lower, they'll drop on the
knees. That gives you perfect oppertunity to kick them or use
the knife to slash away for a few moments. Saves ammo too.
ITEM HUNTING
------------
One thing about RE4 is that there might be items hidden any
where, so when ever you come near barrels or boxes, slash
them open with your knife so you can see what lies inside,
most of the time you'll find handgun ammo which comes in
really handy when your facing the normal villagers.
TIPS FOR SAVING AMMO
--------------------
There's many things you can do here or there to save some
ammunition through out the game, though it sounds useless
but if you follow these tricks then by the later stages of
the game you will have a pretty big stock pile of ammo to
go by. Example, its not always necessary to use your guns
to shoot open pad locks or small locks, the knife works
just as fine on those things, so use that too.
FIGHTING TECHNIQUE
------------------
One more thing you guys should know, its more like a good
fighting method in its own thats why i didnt just mix it
with the tips for saving ammo heading above, when your at
the initial stages of the game and have only a few villagers
to go through in certain area's, you should aim at their
heads with the handgun and shoot, they'll occasionally
flinch and get disoriented, at that time run up to them
and the game will prompt you to kick them with the action
button, do that and they'll fall down allowing you time
and safety to slash them safely.
DISARMING TRAPS
---------------
You'll encounter traps laying around in several area's of
the game, now rather then risk getting trapped (or blown)
you can safely disarm the trap from a distance with a shot
from the handgun, just aim at the center of the trap (where
the touch sensetive area is) or the explosive in the middle
of the trap, and fire a single shot, and your all free.
THE PRICE IS RIGHT
------------------
One thing you should know about Resident Evil 4 is that
the merchants will always buy the weapons back at full
price once you sell it to them, no price drops just for
the weapon being slightly used, so if you ever need to
have some urgent money for something, dont hesitate in
selling any weapon, you can buy it later at the same
price as you sold it to him. Another money making method
is to make a herb combo and sell it to the merchant and
they'll buy it a very high price. Good money.
FISH EATER
----------
This particular tip is only for the chapter 1-2, after you
start it, a little while into it you will come to a place
where you can see fishes, kill them and you can restore
your lost health with them. Remember this area for later.
HEALTH CHART
------------
The health system in RE4 though seems different from the
rest of the Resident Evil games at first sight is almost
exactly the same, just the way you see Leon's health bar
is now changed and slightly more accrate then before, but
the rest is almost exactly the same. Here is a brief say
of the various health status's and various healing items
that you can use to restore health.
GREEN BAR
---------
When Leon's health bar is in green it means that Leon is
pretty much alive and kicking, this is his top condition
and you can do just about everything at full capacity.
RED BAR
-------
When you take damage, your health bar drops slightly
depending on the type of damage you have just taken,
and when its at a certain stage, it will flash a little
and then turn red, that means that Leon isnt in a good
condition and he's getting pretty weak, in this mode
Leon will have a slightly different walking animation.
some action scenes like swimming back to the boat are
slowed down because he's bleeding.
NOTE : Like the previous Resident Evil games, the various
kinds of herbs can be mixed to attain various healing
effects, these are all the same as previous games so I
won't be elaborating on them. You all know it by now.
HEALING ITEMS
-------------
Here is a list of the healing items and that you can find
and use during the game, their effects are also listed with
their respective names. Read through these so you have a good
idea of what kind of item to use when your in any trouble.
GREEN HERB
----------
This is your basic healing item from all the Resident Evil
games, doesnt restore that much health, but these are most
useful through out the game, always be sure to carry some
herbs around with you in case of emergencies.
RED HERB
--------
The red herb also makes a return in Resident Evil 4, for
veteran players it wouldn't be a mystery why the herb is
in-effective on its own, for the newcomers let me tell
you that the red herb can not work on its own, mix it in
with the green herb to be able to restore your health bar
to the maximum.
YELLOW HERB
-----------
The Yellow herbs were first seen in Resident Evil Gaiden, but
the use was different in that game, here the use is entirely
different from Gaiden, the yellow herbs like the red one's
are ineffective on their own but mix one with a green herb
and use it to have a small increase in your maximum health
bar, the amount of bar increased will be full meaning you
will gain a little health too. (if it isnt full already).
BLACK BASS
----------
In some parts of the game you will find fishes that you can
slaughter and use to restore Leon's health bar, the bass is
one of them, they come in small or large sizes, the small
one raises only a small amount of the health bar but still
comes in handy at times.
LARGE BLACK BASS
----------------
This is the larger counterpart of the Bass fishes, though it
restores your heath bar to the max, it also takes up quiet a
lot of space in your inventory menu.
CHICKEN EGG
-----------
These are.. err.. Egg's to say the least, and they only are
able to restore a small amount of your health bar. Sweet.
BROWN CHICKEN EGG
-----------------
Same as the normal chicken eggs but they raise the health
bar slightly more then the ordinary one's, more use full.
GOLD CHICKEN EGG
----------------
The ultimate healing item, it only takes 1 slot in your
inventory menu, but it restores your health bar to the
max, these are must keepers for the frantic situations
in the game. Mostly like boss battles.
GREEN + RED + YELLOW HERB COMBO
-------------------------------
The ultimate herbal combination you can imagine, not only
will it restore your health bar to the max, it will also
raise your max health bar a little bit, perfect.
END SECTION.
7.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _ _ _
__ __ ____ _| | |_| |_| |_ _ _ ___ _ _ __ _| |_
\ V V / _` | | / / _| ' \| '_/ _ \ || / _` | ' \
\_/\_/\__,_|_|_\_\\__|_||_|_| \___/\_,_\__, |_||_|
|___/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4007
NOTE : For quick navigation if you want to go to a particular
chapter in the walkthrough just type the following code to go
instantly.
CHAPTER ?-?
Replace the two "?" with the numbers of the chapter you seek.
START
CHAPTER 1-1
-----------
Alright, lets have the nightmare start shall we, once your finally in
control of Leon start heading forward while looking at the gorgeously
lush looking area's around you. (cough MGS-fanboys ) ahem, so carry on.
Head straight for the cottage you see in a little distance, you will
spot some crows along the way, so whaddaya we do, croak them, err, by
that i mean shoot the crows and they die (REALLY !!) but the goodness
of the whole situation is you get some extra $$ thats cash, to spend
so take a minute or two to improve your sniping skills. You'll need it.
When your near the cottage, immediately you should be aware that the
entire area is errily quiet, just like a typical horror movie, before
making your way inside the cottage however, check the area left of the
dang thing and you'll find a crate with a grenade inside (WOOH) take
the contents and head for the cottage.
Inside the cottage, head forward and you'll see a well-rendered scene
you know the one that we've all seen in the trailers, leon will walk
up to the villager and attempt to communicate (right) but it goes sour
quickly and pretty soon Leon's defending himself from a maniac.
As soon as you get in control of Leon, shoot the villager in the knee
(you can try to pop one in the head if you feel like it, but i like my
method hehe), so shoot him in the knee and when he's down use the knife
to slash his head off (not literally), this method saves ammo too.
After your done killing this fellow, you'll notice that your suddenly
not alone in the area, there's more villagers like the one we just
killed all around the area, before doing anything harsh try looking
through the cottage and find some ammo for your gun. Done ?
Now, its about time Leon made his get away from this place, so take it
to the second floor and get near the window, see the action icon, well
do just that and Leon will jump out the window (how original) and we'll
be face to face with some more villagers.
Try to pop one in the nearest of the two villagers here, if he dodges
or something, round house his ass to the ground and then shoot his head
off with your ammo, do the same for the second one and they'll be dead
in no time. Now if you try to head back to from where you started the
game, then do it by all means, before you can reach the way your path
will be obstructed and you wont be able to head anywhere there. So its
best if we just keep moving forward for the time being.
Head down the path, passing the cottage from hell we were just in and
in a little while you'll come to another small shack, there's boxes
inside it, smash them and take the items inside and continue along the
path.
While heading forward, you may be attacked by another single villager
if that happens, use the previous routine (the shoot-knee-then-slash)
to take care of this one too, after that keep heading forward until
you hear an animal's moaning in the area, when you see the wolf in a
trap, take some time to free the poor thing. Awww.
But beware that this means there's more traps around the place too, so
keep your eyes open when your walking in the field from now on. You have
been warned.
Importnat notice now, after the wolf thing you'll start seeing traps
here and there, most of the traps can be easily disarmed by shooting
at them with a single bullet, but there's other things you can do with
them too, like for now when you reach the fork of the road there's a
trap at that too, shoot a bullet in the air and a villager around the
corner who heard the shot will come barging in and get slaughtered by
one of his own traps. Thats always fun to see.
PS. Traps include Bear traps and dynamite rigged traps, keep eyes open !!.
Continue forward until you see another small shack, check inside this
one for some items too. For those who are thinking that this just seems
like an easy game, be warned, for you will be crying near the ending
parts of the game, because it changes that quickly hehe.
Head forward and you'll see a wooden bridge and some villagers blocking
your path, take the villagers out and cross over the bridge (its the one
we've seen in the trailers). After the bridge, continue down the path
and you'll see one last shack. Enter it, there's a villager inside of it
kill the villager and take the ammo from inside of the shack, now exit
it and make your way to the big door at the end of the path, go through
it to proceed forward.
Right then, after passing through that door, we are one step closer to
the village of the, err, villagers, called Pueblo. Head forward and
you will have another scene, Leon will use his nifty binoculars to see
whats going on ahead, seems like the villagers are having a cop-BBQ at
this moment, only an insane man (or a man with action replay codes) is
going to head straight into the village, so we being the sane people
are going to go around it.
Once your back in control of Leon, take the path heading to the left
side, around the village to be more exact. A little forward and you'll
run into a female villager with her back turned to Leon, dont think that
she's a good one, the female villagers are every bit as vicious as the
male counter parts, so take the opertunity and shoot the back of her
head off, but that will cause the villagers to be aware of Leon and head
your direcion. Ah well..
One of the near stone structures will have an open window for Leon, so
head inside it, if any villager follows you inside then do take the time
and chop their heads off, inside this building you'll run into some
barrels and boxes, destroy them to find valueable items inside of them.
Once your done shopping head to the main door of the structure and use
the action command to kick the door open, as soon as your back out into
the open, ignore all else and make a dash for the house on your left.
When you reach the entrance of the house, you'll have another scene.
Leon will go in and lock the door behind him in an attempt to keep the
villagers out. Bad idea Leon my man, first thing you'll notice is the
wood covered window and the people banging it from the outside, ASAP
cover the window with a nearby cabinet so you wont be back attacked in
this fight. Next, you'll see some stairs heading up to the second floor
before going up however, check behind the stairs and smash the barrel
there for some more ammo.
Head up and take the shotgun off the rack (no sir, no traps here, and
thankfully no Barry either lol). Take the shotgun, after that take the
shotgun shells from the bed and the grenade on the cabinet, once your
prepared, its time to kick some villagers ass.
Note, this is a must do part of the story, so be prepared to kick some
major villager ass, also, be prepare to die horribly if your not good
at the controls so far.
First off, take out the handgun and start shooting the villagers heads
off, if head shots are hard then do the knee first then slash with the
knife routine to save some ammo too, but its gonna get really hectic so
the knife is really risky. Once you've disposed of some villagers some
more will arrive from the surrounding area's including one of the well
known Chainsaw dudes. He's our primary target now.
Try to find a higher place to shoot from since it'll be easier for you
to do so, now, ignore all other villagers for now and focus on the saw
dude, take out the shotgun and shoot him, headshots are a little hard
on him since he's waving his head around so much so shoot his legs and
when he's down shoot the rest of him. Use the normal handgun for the
other villagers though, higher ground should make this part of the fight
easier for Leon.
Just when you think that its hopeless (or after a said period of time)
the church bell in the distance will ring and all the villagers will
forget about Leon for the time being, time to breath a sigh or relief.
Suddenly, the entire village will become abandoned again, when just a
few minutes ago they were all trying to slit Leon's throat, whats all
this about ?! we'll find out in the future. With all the villagers a
little busy you are free to go through each and every single house or
structure in the area to find items, there might be many items here or
there, i dont know all of them.
Once your done item hunting, make your way to the brown wooden doors
to the west of the houses, enter it and you'll come out in some kind
of a farm like place.
Now first of all, dont worry about being back attacked 'cause the people
in this area will probably be working on their farms so you can take
them out easily, ps. They're limited here so its adviced you take out
all of the villagers in this area so you can explore much freely. Thank
you, now head forward and you'll see a blue sign hanging on one of the
walls, read it and it will mention to destroy 10 medallions or something
like that, okey im down with that.
Once your done reading the sign and killing all living things in this
area, i would highly advice you to explore the surrounding farmy area
since there's many items here that even i dont know about, in short this
area is full of items for Leon to find so take some time for item hunting.
Once your done with that head to the north end of the area and Leon will
find a heavily fortified door which he cannot open on his own, he needs
someone to help him. Just remember this place for the later parts of the
game when Ashley is with you (Dont act like you dont know who that is).
Head a little east of this area, and there's another door here, Leon can
use this door to exit to the next area so do that. Bye farm.
You'll come out in a hill covered area, this looks like a bad area since
Leon is practically vulnerable to anything, say wild boards or even some
moving boulders !!. Thats right, a little forward into the area and you
will see a scene, some villagers will push a huge piece of Rock from the
top of the hills and it will come crashing after Leon, time for our 1st
button mashing mini-game my friends.
When the game asks you start mashing the X button like hell to make Leon
sprint faster then any man alive, after that when the chase is about to
come to an end, the game will ask you to press a combination of X and B
or L or R (its annoyingly random) to dodge the boulder, do that and the
chase scene will finally be over. There's many more button mashing things
to do in the future so keep your thumbs ready at all times.
After that intense sequence you'll probably want to do a little relaxing
so be free to just walk down the rest of the path until you reach what
appears to be a cavern in the path, its actually a sewering tunnel, head
through it and when you come out to the other side Leon will spot a very
old house in the distance. Next destination ahoy.
Pass through the field and make your way to the house, caution warning as
there are what i like to call Suicidal villagers in these woods, they all
carry burning sticks of dynamite on them and want to shove them up Leon's
err you know what, the best thing to do against them is to keep shooting
at them from a distance on the legs so they keep falling down, eventually
the fuse of the dynamites will run out and the villagers will explode on
their own, make sure you collect the items after wards, thank god that im
here to give you all these small tips hehehe, and make your way to the
house safely.
At the main entrance of the house, you'll notice that the door is locked
and there's a small pad lock blocking your way, take out the knife and
slash the pad lock to hell, open the door and head inside to see what
awaits thee.
Inside the house, you will run into a small save room, save if your in
the mood, also in the house you'll find a couple of scattered handgun
ammo boxes around, take all of the items you can find in the house and
head for the back side of the house, here push the bookcase from the
side using the action key, behind it is a cup board, do the same for it
and you'll run into your first friendly charater of the game. Luis.
You will have another scene now, Leon will untie Luis's and they will
have a little conversation but unfortunately for them the church session
is just over and the villagers have arrived, and Leon's seriously not in
the right situation at the time being. You will also see the first shot
of a grumpy faced Barry Burton look alike. Leon tries to Kung Fu his ass
but unfortunately, err, gets HIS ass kicked. Who is he you ask !? You'll
have to wait till the time comes to tell you who he is.
You will see the scoring screen which tells your statistics for the
previous chapter and you can also save your game if you feel like it.
Thats the end of the chapter 1-1.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ _ |_|
/ | ___ / |
| | |___| | |
|_| |_|
CHAPTER 1-2
-----------
While Leon is still out you will see a small scene of someone injecting
Leon with a mean looking injection on the back of his neck, after a few
minutes Leon will start coming to his senses, but we (the player) has
no idea where Leon is, but all we know is Luis is tied with Leon. Oh good
While your thinking that your gonna get some rest for the time being,
your dead wrong, in a few seconds a villager walks into the room with
an axe in his hands and he aint here to show it off, before the villager
chops Leon and Luis's heads off with a single slash, quickly press the
action button to see Leon's amazing escape feat. He's gotten good.
Once you both are out of the ropes, Luis will run off ahead leaving Leon
behind pondering the situation, as soon as your in control of Leon, take
any items lying around in this area and escape through the door that the
villager came in from.
Once your outside, another small scene, a hooded figure will approach
and wave Leon to follow him, so do that, once your outside, head around
the cottage and you'll see that man again, actually he's the first of
the few merchants you'll see in the game. Time for some shopping.
Now, you will be able to purchase new weapons, or upgrades for some of
them from this merchant fellow, he won't reveal his face to you so stop
thinking about that. You should have enough cash on Leon at this time
to buy him a brand new Rifle and a scope for it, one more thing, you
can also sell items you do not need to this merchant for some cash too.
With the new rifle (with scope attachment) in hand make your way a few
steps back to the entrance we came after this merchant from, you'll see
what lies ahead. Its not pretty, villagers, and more villagers. So now
we have to go through them one at a time.
This is one of the things that can get really risky if you dont know
a tip to make it easier, in this case you will find a top portion of
a wall ripped, stand right in front of the wall and take out the scope
and start aiming, this is the perfect sniper spot for you. Aim at the
villagers in the distance and start shooting them. NOTE that always
make sure your going for a head-shot kill, since if you dont kill them
instantly they will ring the alarms causing a whole group of villagers
to come after you in frenzy, and BOY we dont want that.
Once you've lightened the place a little bit, take out the handgun
once more and head through the local door, you may still encounter
an odd villager here or there but at this stage in the game they
shouldn't be too hard for you to take out with your trusty handgun.
Head up the path to the east hill, once your at the top of this hill
you will see a barricade of sand bags, go over it.
There will be a single villager here, take him out then search the
box for a piece of a plate we'll need in a little while, now from
this higher point in terrain if you can still spot some villagers
going around on the lower area's, this is the perfect place to take
them out using the rifle, once your done sniping drop down into the
main compound area and climb the roof of the shack near the entrance
and you'll find the second piece of the plate, now we can proceed.
Head to the north end of this area and you will encounter a door we
couldn't have opened before, but now with the two pieces of plate
we can proceed, a word of advice though, you dont need the rifle
that much for a long time now and it takes up tons of space in your
inventory menu, so i would ask you to go back to the merchant and
sell the rifle back to him (Dont worry about money, its completely
refundable, for those who dont know what that means, you will get
all of your money back. )
With the money in hand, proceed through the plate-ed door now.
Out this door, you wont be that far from a door leading into a mine
and thats where we're going, kick open that door and proceed inside
you'll run into some more villagers here, inside head through the
door thats on the right wall, you'll run into 3 more villagers here
take them out with the handgun (or shotgun to make life easier) then
proceed to the opening at the end of the room, use the action button
to jump out of it.
Now you will come out in an area with a few more villagers, who have
dynamite attached to them, the best bid to take them out is to get
behind the rail carriage and shoot the dynamite so they all explode
with the explosions, after they're done continue down the path, this
area is also full of floor traps which will eventually slow you down.
Like before the best method to disarm the traps is to just shoot them
with a single bullet, but if your feeling like saving some ammo you
can also trigger the traps by slashing at them with the knife from a
very close range.
Once all that is done and your thinking about exiting through the
door at the end, check around the area for some useful items, and
be sure to check the oven there too 'cause its got some items inside
it as well. Exit through the door now. On the other side of the door
turn to Leon's left and you'll find a boarded up place, slash the
boards with the knife to remove them, behind the boards you'll find
an Elegent Mask, take it and proceed, kick open the rusty door at
the end and proceed further into the next hallway.
There's just 1 villager here, take him out quickly, and then take
the ladder leading down, once your down the ladder you'll come in
an area with some items scattered around for you to take, also in
the same area you'll find three fish, if you want to refill your
health bar, shoot them and chow down baby. If you wish you can also
save some for later times (yum yum).
Now climb up the ladder and you will come outside through a open
well. Finally, open air.
Head forward in this fairly spooky but straight path, you will come
across some more traps along the way, destroy all of them and head
forward until you come to an old looking house. Proceed further and
head inside the house.
Inside you will come across a single door with a small puzzle on it
Its fairly simple really, take note of the emblem marks on the door
and now you just have to keep rotating the moveable green part of
the door until its shape matches the patterns on the door. Once you
do that, the door opens.
Now for those who haven't figured it out yet, we're inside the house
of the big chief guy who kicked leon's ass a little while back, in
the house take note of the portrait hanging on the wall, afterwards
search the box lying near the book case and you will find a key in
it, take it and head to the only door available.
Before anything, you will run into the big chiefy again, apprently
he doesn't like Leon going through his bed room, and after seeing
a little scene, you would have finished the second part of the
first chapter. Proceed.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ ___ |_|
/ | ___ |_ )
| | |___| / /
|_| /___|
CHAPTER 1-3
-----------
Alright, for those of you who want to see a familiar sighting if
you go back through the same doorway that we just came from now
you will see a special scene in the game where Leon will be saved
by a woman in a red dress. This might be familiar to you guys from
the trailers that we've seen for the game.
Afterwards, the area would be clear for you to start exploring and
find some useful items for Leon. You can find another green herb
on the cabinet just next to the door, and a useful brown egg in the
oven as well. Also take the grenade from the glass case before you
leave, once done save your game and exit this place at will.
Before you can exit out you will be surprised by a group of new
villagers with another chainsaw man with them, the best method to
take on them at this time is to stand in the doorway and pump any
thing that walks through the door with shotgun rounds, easy peasy.
Drop any treasures that the enemies might drop and now its time
for us to make our way back into the town.
Before you can reach into the village you will be attacked by some
more villagers but by now they shouldn't be hard enough for you to
Kill, if you have some rifle rounds left then you can climb up a
higher terrain and snipe their heads off from there, or just use
your standard handgun and slash method, either way the villagers
are not that vicious for the time being and not that hard either.
Once your done killing anyone interfering make your way to the door
with the red markings and use the newfound insignia key to open the
door. Before proceeding forward be sure to check the farm area once
more since there might be new formed chicken eggs there for you to
carry, there's even a chance of you finding a golden chicken egg.
Once your done here, go through the door with the markings and once
through you'll realize that you can actually save your game here, do
that and proceed through the other door in this room. Once in this
new room, take a look around and take aim at the lantern hanging
around. Shoot it so it falls down and you'll find a spinel inside.
But be aware of the small fireball that forms when it initlaly falls.
Once your done here proceed down the hole, and soon afterwards you
will find another lantern, and there's seem to be items hanging
around for you, at the end of this cave however you will run into
another merchant, we'll be coming back to this place in a little
while so save your valueables for the time being.
Out here, you'll notice that there are some birds near the entrance
of the grave yard, you can shoot them to get some extra cash if you
want, but if they run away after seeing you then you can have them
respawn by going back to the previous area's and coming back here.
Once your done with that proceed further. Whilst in the grave yard
area you can locate the rest of the blue medals as well, meaning
that if you shot more then 10 already go and talk to the nearest
merchant and he will hand you the Punisher. A really cool gun.
Proceeding at the end of the grave yard you'll notice that the doors
leading into the church are locked for now but you have an option to
get a really rare item here if your willing to do a small puzzle.
The puzzle is really simple, all you have to do is go and look for
the twin marked graves in the grave yard area, once you have found
all three twin grave markings you can use the podium here to solve
the puzzle, its really not that hard to explain and mostly random
so you should do it on your own. The prize will be a green catseye.
Well thats all fine and dandy but what about the church doors now,
for that we will have to go to a different area, so from the church
door take the path on the right side and you will come to a bridge
and some villagers on it, kill the villagers by kicking them off
the bridge, and proceed through the gaped bridge. On the other side
of it you will find a small cabin, head inside it and you will find
the file which explains where the key is and also an item or two.
After that keep proceeding forward and you'll notice that you will
enter an area where you'll find plenty of birds, if you aren't able
to kill them all in the first try then go back to the previous area
and come back here since these birds can give you a significant
amount of money, its really useful if you kill all of them here.
There's also another save room and a merchant in the surrounding
area as well, the best way to reach them would be to go through
your map and take the other path from here, once your done with
that, (I would personally like you to go and save right now) then
proceed through the door which is leading into the lake area.
One thing you should know that the path leading towards the lake
isnt an easy one either, you will encounter tons of villager and
another one of the quick boulder dodge thingies here as well, so
once your ready, proceed further.
Once you reach the swampy area's, you'll find a cabin in the left
side, enter the cabin and find any items that you can use here. Exit
and proceed further when your done. After that you will come towards
another quick boulder scene, once you've dodged the boulder properly
turn back and shoot at the sparkling thing and you will get another
spinel. NOw comes a hard part.
You will come across an area with dynamite traps and a few villagers
who want nothing but killing you, if you want to be creative and save
some ammo then make the villagers run into the traps by luring them
into it. They'll follow you blindly, not only will this kill them, it
will also clear the path for Leon to proceed. How nice.
Near this area is a house on the right side, head inside it and blow
the crate to find some items or possibly a snake inside, if its the
snake then dont run away, kill it and you'll get something from it
as well, once done proceed out and when your about to end this
swampy area you'll find another small cabin on the right side, take
it and inside find the handgun ammo and any snakes that might be in
crates. After that is done proceed straight to the lake shores area
and its time to head on.
Once your finally at the lake area, head to the left and you will
find a red herb, but you'll also see a scene here of the villagers
dropping one of the two cops that came with us at the start into the
village to feed something apparently, once your done watching that
take the herb here and proceed towards the cabin thats not so far
from you. Inside the cabin save your game at the typewriter since
there is a big boss fight coming pretty soon. Also you might find a
yellow herb inside as well, take it and head out of the cabin, ready
your weapons before proceeding further. Oh wait..
There's a really cool trick here that you can get Leon eaten by the
boss even before the fight begins, if you stand near the water for a
long period of time then the boss will suddenly jump out of the water
and eat Leon, thats funny as hell and can really make the first timers
wet their pants.
Once your done goofing around, proceed into the boat and get into
the water, not long after you've entered the water, you'll see the
huge creature emerge from the water and now its time for our grand
boss fight with it.
BOSS FIGHT : DEL LAGO
---------------------
For the first time players I would like to apolagize in advance that
you will most certainly die a few times before you finally finish
the boss fight but on the plus side it is entirely possible to end
this fight without Leon getting even a single scratch, but that as
they say, is extremely hard to do. One more thing you should know
is that your boat is at the mercy of the boss and you have no control
over it for this entire boss fight so its just better that we concen
trate on the boss ahead of us.
First lets see what kinds of attack Lago can do to damage Leon, first
off he would try to drag the entire boat along with itself into one
of the big floating pieces of wood in the middle of the lake (who the
hell put them there anyway) and if that happens Leon will immediately
lose half of his life, and not only that but you will also fall down
into the water and you will be forced to swim quickly back into the
boat, the bad thing is that if your not pressing the action key fast
enough then Del Lago will eventually come out and eat Leon whole.
Thus ending the fight instantly, and we dont want that. To prevent Lago
from ramming you into the wood, you should quickly steer your boat out
of its path when its near. But be warned as you'll have to drop the
harpoon since Leon cant swim and fight at the same time.
Second most commonly used attack is the dive and hit thing, he will
dive underwater and attempt to ram your boat causing Leon to fall
off again, and making him loose a good chunk of his health bar. Once
you see it trying to go for this attack, quickly drop down the harpoon
and turn the boat as much right or left as you can since thats the only
method of saving your skin. Like before falling down into the water
will lead you to swim back into the boat or be eaten by Del Lago.
The final attack that he does most often is that during the fight he
will suddenly dive deep into water and disappear, now before starting
to think that the fight is over, you should know that he comes raming
up out of the water to hit you, the game will tell you which side of
the boat he will be coming out of so aim your harpoon in that area
and as soon as it shows its head, let one into its mouth, that will
cause Lago to miss its attack and just jump over you, this gives you
the time to shoot another harpoon in its back as well, easy as pie.
Now lets talk about the fighting technique, Leon can only fight this
battle with a harpoon in his hand, but the good thing is that you get
infinite number of harpoons to fight the boss with. When you want to
attack it, raise the harpoon by pressing the R button, you'll see
Leon aim the harpoon and a small crosshair will appear on screen with
it, now aim the crosshair directly at Lago and fire with the A button
if you made a hit then you will see blood coming out of the contact
point. The bad thing is that the harpoons can take a little time to
"reload" so you dont want to miss that often.
The fight will take no more then fifteen or so harpoons before the
boss finally dies, it is entirely possible to finish this without
taking any damange from the boss at all, in case of taking damages
use small healing items like eggs or green herbs that you have in
your inventory. Soon the boss fight will be over, Lago will be dead
and..uh.. Leon's foot is caught in something as well.. uh oh.
Damn those capcom people for putting this new instant button thing
in this game, okey dont panic and quickly press the button that
comes on screen repeatedly and Leon will eventually cut the rope
tied to his feet and this chapter is done for.
-----
Watch the scenes and proceed towards the new chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ |_|
/ |
| |
|_|
CHAPTER 2-1
-----------
When the scenes are over and your back in the world of thes sane,
get up and check around the cabin that your inside at this time,
there's some items here that you can take, so take all that you
can and proceed out of the cabin. Now you will notice that the
game has gone into night time and thats how its gonna remain for
a long long while.
Outside the cabin you'll notice that your boat isnt that far from
you, if you wish you can take the boat back to the main land area
but at this time its totally pointless since we still haven't done
what we came here to do originally, you can however go back for
trading with a merchant but thats your choice alone.
Now, proceed forward into the new area and soon afterwards you will
run into a new enemy to the game, seemingly they look like your
normal villager enemies but the distinct thing is the Los Plagas
you can see on their heads, and that is this kind of enemies weak
point, just aim at the Plagas with any gun and make sure you take
it out, if you decapitate the villager or sometimtes totally
randomly you will see the Plagas coming out of the villagers head
itself, and then you'll have to deal with it separately. The best
method to take on them is by using a shotgun since the scatter can
hit them as well. But a niftied method is using a flash grenade
which can kill these instantly.
Proceed further down the path and jump over the ledges in front of
you, past them continue further till you reach the rope, take it
downwards. First thing here, you'll notice a single villager with
throwing axes and he's aiming for you, if you happen to have some
rifle ammo then that would be the best thing to take this guy out
with. After that, check the nearby tower to hopefully find some
items inside it. Once that is done we proceed further.
Now you have to shoot down the three craters and create yourself
a bridge which you can use to cross over the stream of water and
go to the other side where the lever is that controls the flow of
water, to start off shoot the crater to make it fall down into
the water and once you reach the middle section of this area, take
the tower to the right up and when your up there shoot one round
into the sparkly thing, you just found the Amber ring.
Okey now fire at the other crates to create a bridge towards the
other side now, once your over there climb up the tower and shut
down the lever causing the flow of water to stop and giving you
a path to proceed further now, you'll see the cave entrace in
the waterfall now and thats our destination.
But before you can go there you will be attacked by some more
villagers and its a little annoying, the best method to thin down
this attack is to jump over the crates back towards the area where
the tower with the lever is, once your on the other side you can
easily take out the villagers when they're crossing over the
craters, but with this method they'll probably fall into the water
with their money, so its best if you let them make the final leap
onto the land where you are, then you can take them out one at a
time just as easily while retaining all the cash that was to be lost.
Once this attack has been thinned out, make your way towards the
cave entrance in the waterfall, and enter it. Inside you will
find the item that we came to this side to seek, the Round Insignia.
Take it, and have a little conversation with Ingrid, after that is
done take the door that pretty near you and you will come out in
the docks area. With the boat and all.
Not that I have to tell you again, take the boat and its time to
head back to the main land, more specifically back to the church.
But be sure to make a pitstop on the way towards the merchant and
more importantly the save room since another big boss fight is
about to take place in a little while. Once your at the merchant's
place, trade in all the valueable items that we found on our trip
and save your game at the typewriter near the area. Be ready now
and proceed towards the direction of the church.
On your way, when you reach the area where we shot all those damn
crows, you'll see a scene, the villagers apprently want to set a
trap for Leon, but unlucky for them it back fires horribly, and
the EL GIGANTE kills all the villagers in a matter of seconds, you
might remember this scene from the trailers of the game as well,
eventually after killing all the other villagers gigante will
notice Leon and now its his time to die. Or is it.
BOSS FIGHT : EL GIGANTE
-----------------------
El gigante, is a huge fricking mass of meat to say the least and
it looks remarkably like the big troll from the Lord of the Rings
movies if you have seen any of them, but unfortunately Gandalf
won't be coming here to help you beat him so Leon will have to do
the fight on his own. One thing I would like to ask you before
the fight even begins is to make sure you have the stock for the
TMP if it is available at this point in time and that your TMP
and shotgun are both fully loaded and ready for some mayhem.
One thing I would most certainly like to point out is that the
fight will mostly involve you trying to dodge one of his quick
attacks or mostly running around the area we're in just waiting
for the right time to attack him, so button pressing and quick
turning should be what your thinking about right now. The boss
has many different kind of devestating attacks. Now the common
thing it will do is punch Leon into the ground.
Besides that it can Kick Leon while he's on the ground getting
up from that punch as well which takes a lot of health out
instnatly, the best and only method to prevent this is to just
not get close to the boss at all, besides that its not wise to
stand close to it and fire shotguns or rifles since the time it
takes for Leon to change the round will be enough Gigante needs
to stomp a mud hole into Leons ass. But close combat is much
safer with smaller fire arms as its easier to just fire a few
rounds then quick turn and get the hell outta there.
One more thing it does most often when your near it is grab Leon
and try to choke the life out of his body, or squeeze his body
completely, when this happens the only thing you can do is to
quickly press the knife slashing button so Leon can free himself
from the grasp of El Gigante (this is seen in trailers too).
Note that once you drop down its wise to quickly run for cover
since the Giant recovers quickly and you'll be standing right
next to it after falling down.
Many of the other attacks of El Gigante need Leon to be quick
at dodging, like often times he will pick up a piece of rock and
throw it in Leon's direction, this is really easy to dodge as you
only need to be out of the rock's way which can easily be done,
secondly it will often pick up a tree and try to smash that into
Leon, that can be only dodged by pressing the L and R buttons at
the same time when the game asks you to (the dodge meneuver), but
when Gigante has the tree with it, it slows down a whole lot giving
you prime chance to shoot its head with some powerful weapony, but
be ready to drop the weapon and run for your life when its close.
The final attack involves El Gigante doing a simple chargint attack
on Leon, this can also be dodged only by pressing the L and R keys
when the game asks you to press them or risk getting slaughtered.
Now lets get down to the actual killing method for the boss, the
only thing you can do to kill it is keep shooting it with any
weapon that you have until it bends over in pain and reveals the
Los Plagas on its back, before that, the best method of weakening
the boss is the quick weapony since there will be hell to pay if
your caught while firing with a shotgun or rifle, the TMP works
best here, since you can shoot a few rounds at the giant's head
and run back as quickly as you can. Thats the trick you should use.
One shocking thing that happens during the fight is that the wolf
that we helped WAAYYYY at the start of the game will come to help
Leon out, the wolf doesn't really do much but it distrace the giant
for a little while allowing you to shoot it without the risk of
being hit back. Eventually you would have shot the giant enough and
now the Plagas is revealed on its back, the most efficient method of
taking it out is to climb gigante's back when he's bent over (The
game will tell you the buttons) and slash away with the knife when
you have the chance or use a powerful weapon like the shotgun to
deal damage to the Plagas. You can use stuff like flash grenades to
make your life a little easier during this battle as well.
You'll have to repeat this process a couple of times before the
boss fight is finally over and you will be rewarded with 15,000
in cash. Woo Hooo...
---------
One thing i didnt' mention in the boss fight section is that you
will also be able to take new items from inside the houses which
might be destroyed during the fight by Gigante, the best time to
do that however is when ever it is distracted by the wolf. Gives
you enough time to get in and take the items. Heal occasionally.
Once the boss fight is done I would personally like you to go
back to where the typewriter was and save your game immediately,
also you might want to check in with the merchant if your feeling
like it. Once all that is done its time to go see the church.
Proceed back through the path we took from here originally, go
over the bridge and all, but before you reach the church you
will be attacked by another new enemy, the Comillos. These are
actually just wolves that have been turned mutant by Los Plagas.
Get rid of them with a weapon like the shotgun and procee to the
church, check the cabin on the way again since ammo is available
in it again, also shoot the birds nest near the graveyard area
to find another Spinel. Proceed towards the church entrance now.
Once inside the church, your free to explore the house of god
if you feel, you can find several items, like some money near
the central alter, and a grenade on the barrel on the right.
Once you've taken all this, climb up to the ladder up the 2nd
floor and when ready, jump on the chandelier. Once it starts
to swing, make sure you dont jump before it actually reaches
the top of its swing on the other side, you'll land near a small
puzzle console. This is actually a panel with 3 different colors
on it, you have to use the panel to rotate the colors until the
pattern matches the one in the middle part of the console. An
easier method of solving this puzzle is by doing this.
Rotate the red one twice
Rotate the green one three times
Rotate the blue one once.
That will unlock the second floor doors and give you the access
towards the next chapter. Head towards the door that we just
unlocked with that stupid puzzle, inside you will finally get
to meet the president's hot daughter. Ashley Graham. Ta-Daa.
From here take Ashley back to the first floor and end of this part.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ _ |_|
|_ ) ___ / |
/ / |___| | |
/___| |_|
CHAPTER 2-2
===========
Before anything, I would just like to tell you some of Ashley's
controls that you'll need to keep in mind.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Here is a brief list of controls that Leon can command Ashley with
or make Ashley stay and what not.
Before anything, I should tell you Ashley's death cases, Ashley can
die with the methods that Leon can, meaning you can shoot her either
yourself, a single bullet and she's dead. She can also be attacked by
the monsters on screen, or if you leave her in the same place for a
little while and the villagers come and take her away, its game over.
( Similar to ICO) if you want to prevent the villagers from taking
her away, shoot the villager so that he/she drops Ashley.
Ashley has a similar life bar as Leon's and that helps you keep a
quick eye on Ashley's health bar, besides that you will see icon's
displaying what kind of action Ashley is taking at this time.
Since i suck at ascii.... I will just make text versions of them.
ICON OF TWO PEOPLE : This means simply that Ashley is doing nothing
else but following Leon around.
ICON OF ONE PERSON : This means that Ashley is standing alone and
waiting for Leon.
ICON WITH LINE IN MIDDLE : This means that Ashley is being attacked
and you gotta go help her
EXCLAMATION MARK : This means that Ashley's being taken away by a
villager and you need to quickly free her.
Besides that Leon can also often use Ashley's help to reach previously
un-reachable area's, when you get to one you'll get the respective icon.
------------------------------------------------------------------
Like in all video games to date, now that we have our partner or the
person that we were looking for, now our quest will be 10 times more
harder then ever before, ganodo's coming from left and right and they
just dont want anything more then to see Leon's head off of his
shouldner, ps. thats how the chainsaw people kill you hehehee.
Anyway, i should tell you that this next chapter is not a really big
one but a dangerous one to say the least. Now the good thing about
Ashley is that you have almost complete control over her actions as
well, you can make her stop anywhere and go on a little ahead to fight
any oncoming baddies yourself, and she'll stay there like a good girl.
Use the X button to make Ashley stop where ever she is. Remember that.
You will be in combat from the moment you get out of the shed, so a
good tactic is to make Ashley wait by the doors of the church and
you enter the grave yard area where about 7 or so villagers are
waiting for you. But you have a sort of an advantage in this battle,
see that explosive barrel on the cart near the graveyard doors, you
should use that to your advantage and you can easily take out
a couple of the villagers using that barrel. Once the barrel's gone
and so are some of the villagers, take out the weaker weapons and
take care of the rest of the villagers. Once the area is clean, go
and get Ashley to follow you.
Now that we have Ashley with us, Leon's mission is practically complete
so all we have to do is get to the extraction spot, so make your way
back to the cavey area where we got into this part of the game from
originally, so when you head back through the tunnel you'll see that
the merchant who was there is still standing there, its a good idea
to visit him and cash out the punisher for the blue medallions if
you haven't done that already. You'll also be able to purchase a new
gun called the Red 9 (Cough, star wars reference) , its almost like
your normal handgun but a slightly slower rate of fire and lower
reloading time makes it nearly useless, since your normal handgun
is good.
Once your done shopping, go through the tunnely area, save your game
at the typewriter in here and its time to pay another visit to our
good old friendly village. Now this part is a little tricky, since
the village is also filled with more new villagers, including some
of the los plagas villagers as well, before fighting or doing anything
here head immediately to the tower and make sure Ashley stays there,
then drop back down and start taking out the villagers one at a
time, its best that you use something else besides the shotgun since
we're going to need the shotgun shells in a little while, kill the
villagers with super caution and be very aware of the los plagas
villagers, you know how to take them out dont you.
Once the ruckus is done for, before you go and call Ashley, go through
the area since you'll find newly stored ammo and items here for the
taking, once your done with your shopping go and call Ashley down from
the tower and catch her before she falls butt first on the ground (this
is also in one of the trailers). Once your done with this area its time
to head for the farm area. So head over there.
Right near where you enter the farm area from is a dumpser, now if you
want to keep Ashley safe then its best that you ask her to hide in
there, (and even more surprisingly she agree's without any hesitation,
wow ) once Ashley is hiding, its back to the usual mischives, take out
all the villagers that have spawned in this area, it shouldnt be a
problem from now on for you. Keep an eye out for any newly layed traps
in this area as well, since there WILL be traps. Once the area is
cleared, go get Ashley and you both head toward the gate on the north
eastern way, there's a locked gate here. If you remember from the very
start of the game we couldn't open this gate since Leon was unable to
do it on his own, but Ashley here can help Leon in opening the gate and
thats exactly what happens. Go through the gate.
And surprisingly thats the end of this small yet really fun chapter.
Lets see what happens next.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ ___|_|
|_ ) ___ |_ )
/ / |___| / /
/___| /___|
CHAPTER 2-3
===========
Alright now, once you enter this area you will have another series of
events which will end up with Leon Ashley and Luis (what the hell..)
to be barricaded inside a lone house and you will be attacked by the
mad villagers from all sides, its game time (that was cheap lol).
Anyway, the best thing about having Luis at this time is that he is
immortal for the time being and no matter how much the villagers hurt
him, he's never gonna die (we all know it will happen eventually
though mwahah, the bastard). So the best and probably the smartest
method of going through this big fight is that you should stand in
one corner while Luis does most of the damage and takes most of the
damage as well. But still since your isnide a barricaded house and
no way out, you can easily get trapped by villagers as well, and
that means you have to stay on your toes and watch out for anything
that comes towards you. (besides Ashley of course XD ).
Now lets get down to the actual fighting part, for the starting part
the villagers be attacking you while your on the first floor of the
house, you can get yourself some time and room by pushing any available
cabinets in front of any windows so the ganodo's cant come in that
easily, another easy strategy to get through this area is to stand
in the middle of the stairs and equip the shotgun, anything that
comes your way should be plastered with shotgun shells, thats why
I was asking you to save all those shotgun shells, Luis will stay
on the first floor no matter what, the good thing about Luis is
that no matter if he kills the villagers, they'll still drop the
money for you to take. So head down and collect money time to time
but beware not to let any villagers up or not to get killed by any
villager as well.
A little while later you will be called by Luis and will now have to
fight more villagers on the second floor, the thing is that it gets
only harder on the second floor, the villagers will not only come up
the stairs but there's a couple of windows in this area too and the
villagers will use ladders to climb up the windows to surprise you as
well, Luis isnt that helpful in this part but he'll continue to do his
job from where he's fighting at. You can also see the cabinet where
Ashley is hiding in. One thing you should constantly do is kick the
ladders down, which can be done very easily and helps too. The shotgun
is the only weapon I would ask you to use during this whole assault.
The ladders will constantly be re-placed and the villagers will continue
to come up that way so dont think your home free after throwing one
ladder down. If Luis is in trouble make sure you save him too (not like
he needs it anyway).
Just when it looks like all hope is lost, you'll hear the church bells
and as it happened at the start of the game, the villagers will leave
anything they're doing (like killing) and go to the church, wow these
people aren't so bad afterall, they're just uber religious lol. But as
the villagers start go leave, Luis will leave as well. Now its time for
us to proceed as well.
Now that the villagers are all gone, its time for us to do a little
exploring of our own, quickly run up and down the house to catch any
tressures dropped by the villagers before they disappear for good,
includes ammo too. Besides that outside the house you'll find TMP
ammo on a bunch of logs and behind the house you'll find some
handgun ammo, its all a keeper and we'll need all of these in the
time being. Now inside the house there was a type writer if I recall
correctly with a memo next to it, go and read that memo, you will be
told that you need to choose one of the routes now. Left route leads
to a fight with a lot of villagers at the same time, and the right
route leads to a fight with another El Gigante, they're both hard but
Gigante is much harder then the villagers, also gives out more money
too, so thats a risk if your willing to take it. At the end both the
places will ultimately lead you to the same area, so its more like a
"how do you wanna die" situation if you ask me.
This is the infamous Two Routes that you must have heard about from
your friends or anyone on any local game boards.
Once you've done one of the paths, skip forward to AFTERWARDS.
THE EL GITANTE PATH
-------------------
Obviously this is the path that leads towards El Gigante, so if you want
to take this path, if you want to risk a harder fight but higher reward,
take the right path out of the area, after you go a little forward in
this new area the gigante will come out and the fight will begin. Note
that Ashley will point a boulder which is palced on top of the giant's
head, if you manage to shoot the boulder's holders it will come plunging
down onto EL Gigante but it won't kill him, rather it will give you a
chance to escape this area unscratched since he will be stunned for the
time being. This is a quick and efficient method out of this area but
thats not what we came here for, we came here for the money. So lets
get on with the fighting part.
Ashley's the one who's gonna be the damsel in distress during this fight
since Gigante likes to pick her occassionally and smash her with the
ground, if that ever happens then you will quickly have to shoot the giant
in its hand so that it drops Ashley, and heal her whenever you have the
chance since she'll be taking the most damage during this fight. When it
comes to the actual fighting part this fight will be much more easier if
you have an upgraded TMP (stock) and a clip which can hold up to a hundred
bullets at the same time. To start the fight get a lot of room between you
and the giant and then start to shoot the giant non stop, after taking
something like 60 bullets the giant will stagger to its knees and you will
see the Los plagos on its back, now its time to do the same thing again,
climb its back and start slashing at it like a mad bastard. But immediately
reload once you fall back down. Watch out for his normal attacks as well,
this gigante does all the same attacks of the previous giant and some more.
Like before you will need to do this thing 2 or 3 times before gigante
actually falls down and die, when that happens you'll get something
like 15000 peseta's again. Thats what im talking about. Also, now that
the area is cleared you can safely check the huts in the surrounding
area for a lot more ammo and some more valueable items, there's also
a purple gem in the area for the taking, look at the flashing thing
above the huts and shoot it with any gun to make it fall down.
THE GANODO PATH
---------------
Once you enter this ganodo path you will have a little scene and after
that you will immediately be assaulted by a group of villagers, as you
regain control of Leon immediately shoot the cart, or the barrel on it
and it will dispose or some of the nearby villagers and make your life
easier for starting this area. After that is done, take a look at the
dumpster near your surroundings and command Ashley to stay in there
for the time being. She'll be safe for now. Once Ashley is safely
tucked inside, you should go and take out the ganodo threat in the
immediate area. Keep heading forward around the pit area and you will
find a ladder which will be leading down into a mining cart. Head down.
Down the ladder you will find some shotgun ammo which can come in real
handy for the upcoming area. Once your done with this and are ready
for some real kick ass fighting, head for the main pit area and go to
the eastern side of the pit and you'll find a place to jump down into
the pit and also a ladder standing there, before you think about going
down kick the ladder down first, that will help you in the coming fight.
Now jump down the pit and that'll attract even more villagers.
As soon as the villagers start appearing, keep your eye on the two
female chainsaw wielders, and its time for us to make a break for
higher ground since fighting in this lower area is highly dangerous
for Leon. So take the ladder going up on the western side and you
will be at an advantage, you will be able to take out most of the
villagers one at a time as they come up, use the shotgun shells on
the chainsaw villagers but you are good with the TMP or the handgun
with the normal villagers. Once the mess is cleared one of the
chainsaw person will drop a Ruby and the other will drop a Camp Key.
By now your probably thinking about Ashley's safety, well she's as
safe as she can be in the entire game so lets press a little more
forward for the time being, so head down into the pit and us e the
camp key to open the door leading further into the pit. A little
further you will run into some more villagers, you can try to take
out them from inside the pit but its best if you immediately back
track towards the exit of the pit and take one of the ladders up,
then wait for the villagers to come one by one. Even though there
are more ladders here the vllagers will only come towards the one
that you are standing next to, so that would be your advantage in
this fight. Kick the ladder down and start shooting from higher
ground onto the groups of villagers. Even if the villagers reset
the ladder, its not a hard thing to knock the ladder down again.
FINALLY, when the entire area has been cleared of villagers, its
time to go and get Ashley, once Ashley is by your side, head back
down and go through the exit door of this area. This double route
thing is done now. Over.
AFTERWARDS
----------
Okey now fortunately we have made it past both the dangerous paths
and its time for us to press forward, no matter which path you had
back there you will come out in a new area with a merchant standing
there greeting you, if you want to, you can pay a visit to the good
people, and also there is a type writer and another new document in
the small house nearby, save your game at once since we just came
through hell and there's more coming soon.
Before pressing forward, take the box of handgun ammo next to the
house with the type writer, once your done here continue forward
and take note of the door thats locked here, we'll get an item to
open it in a little while. Head a little more forward and you will
come to a place where you will have to take a gondola down to the
other end of the platform, but you didnt think it was just gonna
be that easy did you.
During your ride you will be attacked by all places, you will have
more villagers coming from gondola's of their own on the right side
and just some lonely villagers standing on the left side who find
it ammusing to jump on your gondola and try to make it fall down.
You should know first that if your gondola falls over then its
immediately game over for you my frined.
Anyway, the best method to deal with this part is the TMP since all
villagers in this area take just one bullet to die, if you have a
TMP and tons of ammo for it you will be safe for most of the ride
since all you have to do is fire like hell and make sure atleast
one of your bullets hit the mark. Otherwise its going to be an
extremely rough ride for you. An alternate but risky method is to
use the rifle for most of the ride and try to be a perfect aim.
But thats just hard to stick with the TMP method.
When your finally on the other end of the awesome ride, thank god
for ending it and continue forward, enter the small control room
and check the lockers for some valueable items or ammo we can use
after that head back out and take the stairs leading downwards, it
is a good idea if you ask Ashley to stay at the top of the stairs
for the time being since there won't be anything coming there. Once
that's done head down the stairs and take the path forward into the
cave like area. You will run into some more villagers here but they
shouldnt be a problem for you after all that we're gone through.
Anyway, fight and kill all the villagers that you come across and
make your way to the end of the path and you will find an item box
with a yellow catseye inside, this is a valueable item, now on a
side note if you happen to have some previously stored valueable
items like the elegent dress and the green catseye and the purple
gem, then you can combine all the gems with the dress and the end
result will be an item that will give you way more money then each
of them sold separately. Anyway, once your done with this area head
back to the stairs where we asked Ashley to stay.
Go and grab Ashley, then check the area under the stairs and you
will find another merchant here, its a good time to stock up on
item since we're about to enter another boss fight in a very little
time, also if you did the dress thing I told you about, you can
sell it now for a good amount of cash. Once your done with the
merchant, save at the typewriter located near him and its time to
proceed further.
Before proceeding however check the area for some ammo too, once
your done with that head in the direction opposite of the one we
took before and head down this path. Reload your weapons before
any suspicious scene start or its too late for that already lol.
During the scene you should keep your fingers on the game pad
as the game will suddenly ask you to dodge one of the chief's
wild blows during the scene, once that is done its time for the
actual boss fight to begin.
BOSS FIGHT : BITORES MENDEZ
---------------------------
Now before anything I would like to say that if you failed to dodge
the initial blow from the chief then its game over for you
automatically but if you survived that thing then the boss fight
will begin now, Bitores will change into a big tyrant'ish slow
moving but hard hitting thing, only that it doesnt look that much
like a tyrant anymore. Once your in control you should first take
out the handgun since thats what we're going to use during the
first form of this boss fight since its slow and the easier part
of this fight. Looking around the house you'll note that there
are 2 ladders going up to the second floor, one is on the southern
side of the area and one is on the northern side of the area, if
you wish to, you can climb up the southern ladder first and take
any items that are on the second floor and jump to the first floor
again from the other side, keep your eye out for any possible
ammunition laying around the surrounding area.
Now the first form of the boss isnt that hard to dodge either since
most of its attacks are very slow and require you to be next to it
but since its a slow moving boss you will have no trouble running
away from it. You can circle around it and pop a few into his ass
while he's turning to get you, or if your on the second floor of
the place then he'll extend his arm and try to smack you down from
there, a little dangerous but you can run fast enough to dodge his
attacks up there too. Its easier to defeat the first form if you
go up the southern ladder and wait for it to come near you then
run to the northern end then shoot a couple of bullets into it before
it reaches your area, and repeat the process all over again. Like I
said before, the first form isnt that hard and you dont need to use
any thing else but your handgun for this one.
Okey now its the second part of this fight thats a little more
harder then the first one (duh). After you deal enough damage to
the boss it will rip half of its torso apart and you will have
to fight the upper half of Mendez hopping around on his arms.
Right, sounds easy but im afraid its harder then the first form
since he hops around faster this time you won't have as much time
as before to fire a couple of shots into him, for this end of the
fight if you happen to have plenty of TMP ammo or shotgun shells
either will work fine, the TMP will deal quick but small damage
and the shotgun is slow but good amount of damage.
As soon as he starts hopping around, its much easier to finish
this boss fight from the first floor this time around, unlike
before the boss has no long range attacks so it has to be very
close to you in order to attack you, so the perfect strategy for
this fight is to run in opposite directions of the house, like
run to the north end of the house and quick turn around, fire
a couple of shots into the boss and when he hops uncomfertably
close to you, run to the other end of the house, quick turn and
shoot some more. Repeat this process and eventually Mendez will
die out, and he leaves a key item behind and about 30 k peseta's.
---------
As soon as the boss fight is over, take the fallen gold and the
item that the boss dropped, its the false eye, we can now go to
a previously un searched area.
Before exiting the house however, check around for any more
items or ammo that we might have missed before, once you've
searched the entire area, exit and reunite with Ashley.
Make your way back to the place where the merchant was standing
and save your game at the local typewriter if your feeling like
it, once your done, take the stairs back up and take the gondola
back to other end of the area, luckily you won't have to do the
fight thing all over again. Once your on the other end of the
ride, head forward and check the door again, that was locked and
we couldn't open it before. Now we can open it using the false
eye that our good friend Mendez dropped. So use it and enter.
Once through the door you will come out in a narrow pathway,
continue down this path and you will run into three more
ganodos so take them out quickly, a little forward you'll
see something coming towards you, its a friggin truck. Quickly
take out the rifle and take aim at the driver and pop one into
his head, or take out any fast gun and aim at the engine of the
truck and fire at it until it goes ablaze, if you manage to do
either, the truck will swerve and come to a halt, take this time
to loot the initial ganodo's that you killed and make a dash for
the other end since there will be some more ganodo's coming out
of the back of the truck in a few seconds.
Eventually you will come close to a castle and you will see a
little scene and that will be the end of this chapter of the game.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ |_|
|_ )
/ /
/___|
CHAPTER 3-1
===========
Right off the bat you will see the merchant in a hut and that should
be indication enough that this next coming part of the game isnt an
easy one, so its time for us to get serious as well. Before chatting
with the merchant check the surrounding area's for some more crates
that you can smash for items inside, one of them has a snake inside
it so be mindful of that, also around the area you'll find a chest
which has 5 grand peseta's inside it. Take all of these items and
head to the merchant and start talking.
The merchant has many new toys for you to play with and since your
well endowed in peseta's after fighting the mendez guy, you can
take a risk or two here too if you wish, but if you want my opinion
sell the rifle and purchase the semi auto rifle in place of it, also
sell the shotgun and buy the riot gun in place for that and sell your
handgun and purchase the black tail in place of that, thats all the
weapon trading we're gonna be doing for now. If you want to, you can
also buy an atache case for your stuff from this guy too, and also
you can purchase a treasure map for the castle
Once your done with this area its time to move further on, so take
the door leading into the big spooky castle while wondering why is
the castle area always supposed to be spooky. Why can't there be a
fun type castle area.
One thing you should know about the castle area before pressing on
is that there are no villagers in here, instead you will come face
to face with the cult members of the church, they are more harder
to kill then villagers and often they will be packing impressive
weaponry which can deal lethal damage in seconds, so be prepared.
Move a little forward and you will have a little scene, once your
in control of Leon once again tell Ashley to stay where she is at
that time and move a little forward attracting the monks. You can
take them out with the handgun while they're coming down or use
the sniper rifle to take them out from a distance. For the coming
area make sure first that Ashley is still standing where you left
her and not following you since she can easily get killed here.
Move a little forwrad and you'll notice catapault fire coming down
from the heavens, no actually its some monks who want to kill you.
Its not that hard to dodge the fires as you can easily run past
them to avoid the blast, head forwrad and quickly climb the spiral
staircase in front of you. If you want to fancy yourself another
spinel check the fountain where the first fire hit. Once you got
it, start dashing to where the original monks were and head into
one of the rooms which has a big cannon inside it. This is a safe
spot for the time being so call Ashley over here. Dont worry about
her since the monks won't attack her if she's alone. Its Leon they
want to kill so badly.
When Ashley is with Leon once again, tell her to wait besides the
cannon again, once Ashley is safe and sound, head back out and go
through the courtyard again, turn towards the west side and quickly
dash under the little path here, you will be able to spot that red
robed monk from here and an explosive barrel thats not so far from
him can also be spotted. You now have to shoot this barrel and once
you do that the entire catapault thing will go kaboom. Do the same
thing for the other catapaults that are firing at you.
Now once that is done, take the stairs up but immediately head back
down the same stairs, no im not an idiot, once you run up the stairs
a set of monks will come in from the entrance of this area and will
head straight for where you stored Ashley just a little while ago
but since you turned back quickly you will be able to safely take
them out before they are anywhere near Ashley. If you want to save
some ammo then run along the monks when they're going across the
courtyard and they'll probably be caught by a catapault fire or two.
Now that Ashley is safe once again, take the stairs up and we have
to take out the remaining catapaults here, if you have the rifle
with you then its a definite plus point, the catapaults have barrels
next to them which you need to shoot in order to dispose of them.
When all is done there will probably be 2 final catapaults left near
the exit of this area, one of them will have a barrel next to it so
that one is easily diposed of, the other one however is a little
tricky since there's no barrel, you'll have to take out the person
operating the catapault. To do that you need to quickly head to the
eastern area and take out the guy from behind the shelter like area
and hopefully hit him quickly enough. Rifle should be your gun here.
If you want to proceed further then take note of the crank and use
it, and keep turning it by pressing the A button until the cannon
finally rises, use the cannon to blast a fire and the exit will
emerge for you to err.. exit. Before exiting you can find a gold
bangle on the southern side of this place.
Go through the opened path now and take the red door inside.
You will now come into a cramped area of the castle, you will find
a box of handgun ammo on top of the table here, take the platinum
sword from the plate on the wall, then you should tell Ashley to
stay right next to this area, while you proceed further, take the
stairs up and trick the cultists into coming down behind you and
take them out while they're on the stairs. That wasn't so hard.
Once you've killed these three monks, head back down and bring
Ashley back up with you, but as soon as your up turn around and
start shooting at the monks who are approaching behind you as soon
as you can, this ambush is a little hard to get through. The best
thing to use here is the shotgun but be aware of popping their
heads off since these monks are also equipped with dangerous Los
plagas like the villagers were, once you have taken all these out
look down the stairs and you will spot the red monk standing there
waiting for you, we'll just play it safe and its much easier to
take him out from here using the sniper rifle and some good head
shots. Once the red monk is dead, head to the plate on the second
floor area and take the gold sword from here, replace it with the
platinum sword and put the gold sword in the place of the platinum
one, and the door ahead shall unlock. Take the money that the red
guy drops since its a lot.
Once your through with this area proceed further and you will have
another scene and you will meet up with good old Luis once again,
after the scene is over head a little back to the gate we just
came here from and tell Ashley to stand here for the time being.
Afterwards, proceed further and check the far door, you will have
to fight another group of monks here now so use the exit of the
door area to your advantage and blast the monks with shotgun shells
as they come through the door one by one, there's some Los plagas
monks here too so be aware of them. Take care of the crossbow
firing monk as well, then head back and get Ashley to come with
you, let us proceed further.
In the next area you'll come across some more monks who are in
armor of sorts, but it isnt that hard to break and a good close
ranged shotgun shell is enough to break their armor, after that
kill them like your normal everyday monks, when the monks are
done for proceed further through the room here.
Inside the next room check the item box and you will find the
CASTLE GATE KEY inside it, take it and as soon as you do that you
will be attacked by on coming monks, if you time it right you can
set the explosive barrel off by shooting at it when some of the
monks are near it and thin the crowd down a little bit, if that
doesnt work then use normal shotgun blasts and if the crowd gets
a little thick head back to the starting area where the crossbow
man was and use that choke to take out the remaining following
monks. Once the monks are done for, with the key in hand head back.
Head back to where you met Luis and use the castle gate key to open
the door leading further into the castle. Head a little forward and
you will have a scene introducing you to Ramon Salazar, the owner of
this joint. Once you've met him and the scene is over, proceed up
the stairs and smash the vases when you can to find something inside
it and afterwards, find the green gem on one of the walls.
Once your done with that save your game at the typewriter in this
area, now take note of the path leading to the prison area which
is locked right now, so head the only way we can, take the hallway
with the carpet floor ahead. On your way, check the painting of
the Lord himself to find 5 grand peseta's behind it. You'll note
that the path leading further is being blocked by two flame walls
so we can't go through that way for now, but take the prison key
from the painting on the adjacent wall.
Once you have the key make your way back to the locked door we
saw before and use the prison key to open it, before heading down
however tell Ashley to stay up the stairs since sub a boss fight is
coming in a little while, before heading down the stairs here if
you look around you'll find a box of shotgun shells hanging, shoot
it to make it fall down so you can grab it when you reach down the
stairs. Head down the stairs now.
Head down and check the cell and that gladiator rip off thing in
it and you will start a sub boss battle.
SUB BOSS BATTLE : GARRADOR
--------------------------
Actually, further into the game you will face more of these so
it technically doesn't count as a boss, but since this is the
first time your facing one its just about as hard as a sub boss
can get, because later on you will be more properly equipped and
you'll know the proper tactics to deal with him so it won't be
that hard of a deal later on.
First let me clear the attacks that the garrador does, one really
important thing to know about him is that he is blind from the
eyes and can only hear the sound Leon is making, so before any
thing else I would ask you to quit running for this fight and
just walk where you have to all the time. Besides that the boss
can do 2 devestating attacks, first it will charge a little and
start swinging its huge claws around in an attempt to hit you,
secondly it will charge head on and if it hits you'll be dead
meat, but if he misses he will impale his claws into a wall and
will be temporarily unable to attack while he takes his claws out.
Conventional attacking isnt enough to kill this bastard but you
have to shoot at the plagas thats visible on this guy's back with
powerful weaponry, like the shotgun, the best method is to lure
him into using the charge attack so that he impales his claws on
a wall, that will give you enough time to run up to its back and
shoot a round or two from the shotgun. Besides that you can also
use the old Tremors trick (remember the movie) and walk very very
quietly towards its back while its searching around for you, and
shoot it in the back, then quickly walk a little away from where
you were since it will most likely attack immediately.
To make your life a little easier you can use the bell here as
well which will cause the garrador to strike his claws into it
giving you another chance to shoot its back, soon afterwards it
will be dead and you can proceed with the game. Now aren't we
glad we didn't bring Ashley down here.
--------
Once the Garrador is dead, take any money that he drops and check
the switch thats next to where the garrador was initially and use
it, this will cause the flame walls to be turned off and now we
can proceed further in that direction.
Head back up and make your way towards the flame area again but
before you can proceed much ahead you'll be attacked by some
more monks, take them out quickly and head a little further to
be attacked by some dynamite people and crossbow man, the best
method to deal with this is to shoot directly at the dynamite.
This will cause all of them to go kaboom very quickly. Before
proceeding more forward go and save your game at the typewriter.
The next room is chock full of enemies, and when i say full I
mean that literally, the room inclused enemies from red robed
guys to shielded guys to armed guys and crowssbow guys. If you
even want to think about surviving this room with Ashley you
need to be quick right from the moment you enter this area, as
you enter quickly turn left or right and circle around the edge
of the room so that you get to the other side where there's a
small staircase leading down towards a door, on the way if you
are blocked by any monks then drop them with the shotgun, but
be aware not to do head shots, shoot them in the torso. Make
sure that Ashely isnt picked up either or else you'll have to
be superman to save her and yourself. Anyway, once your on the
other side of the hall and down the stairs, enter the door here
and immediately take Ashley to the far corner of the room and
make her stand there.
Now its much easier to kill the rest of the enemies as they will
come through the single door and you can easily drop them with
blasts from your shotgun, be aware however as some monks can drop
from the ceiling and they will immediately go after Ashley, so
when that happens ignore all else and save Ashley first, after a
few minutes of pumping lead the carnage will come to an end.
But NOOO.. its NOT over yet, after you are done with the starting
batch, head back out to the main room to find some more monks in
there waiting for you, lure them to you too and kill all of them
once the battling seizes or gets easy a little bit head into the
smaller room and have Ashley stand on one of the pressure pads
and have Leon stand on the other one, this will cause a pedastal
to raise in the big room, and a couple of more monks to appears
so head back there and take out the new monks who have appeared.
Once your up in the main room again, head for the pedastal and
use the lever on it, this will cause the stairs leading to the
upper part of this room to appear and with it a few more monks
sheeze.. give it a rest already. Take care of these new monks
as well and make your way up the stairs, take out any monks on
the stairs as well and make your way to the other end of them.
Once here, you will note that you need to cross over to the other
side to where the door is but Leon isnt able to do that on his
own here and you'll need Ashley to go up and use the crank to
make your way. So lift Ashley up to the place and she will run
to the crank and start doing her thing, meanwhile you shouldn't
relax just yet as you will be attacked by a lot more monks now
and some of them will come from Ashley's side as well, so now
you have to protect yourself and Ashely at the same time, but
the good thing is the monks wont kill Ashley, they will only
try to take her away, so if any monk is taking Ashley away take
out the TMP and shoot the monk once so he drops Ashley and she
gets back to what she was doing, for protecting yourself the
shotgun should be used or if you dont want to go through the
hassle of changing weapons just keep the TMP equipped if you
happen to have a lot of ammo for it.
Continue like this and soon after Ashley has done her task she
will come back to the edge and wait for Leon to catch her, you
have to do that and once Ashley is down you can be greedy and
kill every last enemy in the area for their dropped items or
make a dash quickly for the exit door.
You will come to a safe room of sorts now, there's a spinel here
for the taking and once that's taken chat with the merchant and
save your game at the typewriter ASAP because I know you guys dont
want to go through all that hectic mayhem all over again.
------
Once that is done, if you want to go for a game of target practice
then go through the door on the left side of the merchant in here,
inside talk to the other guy standing behind the counter and you
will be asked the kind of weaponry you want, sniper weaponry has
the handgun and a rifle in it, the rapid weapony has a shotgun and
the TMP in it. Choose what suits you best and start up.
One thing you should know is that ammo is no object for the time
that you remain in the target practice area, meaning that you can
shoot all you want but your ammo will not run out. Thats good.
The object of the game is really simple, you only have to hit the
enemy targets that appear successfully but not hit the Ashley one
that pops up time from time, each target has a set value attached
to it and hitting the Ashely target will result you in loosing a
few points. The object of the game is to make about 3000 points to
win the damn thing, missing a target also results in negative
scoring when the final is being added so thats highly unadviced
besides that if you hit five targets in a row you will then see
the salazar target which in itself is worth 500 points alone. That
will most definetly help you in winning the game. Anyway, once your
done with the game you will receive bottle caps or rare kind
depending on your performance through the game.
------
Once your done with it and want to get on with the main game, head
back to the previous hallway and take the path heading off from the
left of our friendly merchant. Thats the end of this chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ _ |_|
|__ / ___ / |
|_ \ |___| | |
|___/ |_|
CHAPTER 3-2
===========
You will have a scene to start the chapter with and by the end of
the scene, Ashley will no longer be with you for the time being
WOO HOO !!..
There's a door near you which leads towards the sewers area, with
no alternative thats the only way we can go for the time being,
but before heading down equip your shotgun since your gonna be
needing it in a while.
Down here, proceed forward and pretty soon you will run into the
new kind of monster, the Novistrador, these are big bad insects
who can kick Leon's ass very quickly, but the worst thing about
them is their ability to go invisible, you can spot them very
faintly after that, then it gets really hard.
The best method to take on these beasts is to use the shotgun and
try to keep them to the ground, and try to knock it down even on
the ground since it can deal very heavy damage in a single blow.
Anyway, use the tactics to get rid of the first one and continue
down your path, a little more into the path you will come to a
watery area where two more of these insects will be located, here
the best thing you can do is toss a grenade in their general
direction from behind the railing and once it goes off and does
its damage, get rid of them using your conventional weaponry. Once
they're both dead take any items that they dropped including eyes.
There is a door not far away from you now, so take it and you will
be taken into the dungeon of the castle. Good. In this area you will
face atleast 4 more of those insect like things which you should
take out only with the shotgun. Be sure not to get boxed in one of
the cells because the insects can easily dispose of you if you are
cornered in the same place. Get rid of the insects as quickly as you
can possibly. When you want to proceed further into the game, head
over to the control roor and use the valve in there to drain the
water thats blocking your way. Also, pick up the valueable item
Butterfly lamp before exiting this area. You might be attacked by
more insects once the water goes out so be on your guard.
The water will part revealing the doorway behind it so go there and
once on the other side continue down the path, during the path one
of the insects will try to surprise you by ambushing you so be ready
for it as well and shotgun its ass when it falls down. Before going
forward you will be able to find a violet blue in some water. After
taking it head forward and you will come to a room with some really
huge ass axes moving around. How fun..
Dont get scared by this area, its only for show and really easy to
get through this area, before proceeding with the room take note of
the shadows of the axes you can use them as guides to tell you how
far close you can stand near an axe safely. Use the shadow to guide
yourself near the first axe and run past it when it goes back. Do
the same for the second axe, the third and the fourth are probably
moving at the same time so you'll have to be really quick if you
want to escape them unscratched. Pass through the area.
Now you will be back in the same hallway where the target practice
area used to be, but this time there's a Los Illuminados ritual type
thingy going on around here, from where you are you will be able to
see many monks and a red one or two in between them too, now if you
jump down immediately they will all scatter and try to run away,
normally we'd do this but the catch in this area is that the monks
all drop spinel's after they die and the red one drops a pendant
worth over 10 k peseta's, so we're definetly gonna try to kill all
of them here. The easiest strategy for that is to use a flash grenade
from where you are and after it has done its affect throw out a normal
grenade to take some out immediately, and then quickly take out the
TMP and fire as quick as you can to try and take out the rest of them.
If you did this right some of them will even try to line ladders up to
get you, but you can easily shove them back down and take care of the
monks. Overall if you get a lot of them then you can earn a really big
score in just this room.
Once your done with this room or if your running short on ammo, just
drop down to the ground floor and watch the cowardly bastards run
away from you, once that's done take the ladder back to the upper
place and jump to the chandelier, swing to the other end and jump
over to the other chandelier where you'll find the elegent mask. Also
you'll find a switch there that will open up the path that is leading
from this place to the next upper room with another merchant in it.
Before selling anything to the merchant, if you picked up the lamp a
little while ago and if you still happen to have some of the jewel
eyes, then insert one of each red blue and green eyes into the lamp
and you can sell it for a whopping price of 32 grand. Thats a huge
total. Once you've sold that to the local merchant, sell anything
else that you wish to sell and once that is done continue your way
through the now open doorway and its time for us to look for Ashley.
In this new area, take the red herb from the table, the handgun ammo
from the chair and the memo from the other table, once your done with
all this go through the door but you'll be attacked by some monks and
a mean looking red robed monk with a key around his neck. Thats odd.
You will need to go to where the red man is standing in order to kill
him, so start heading in his general direction while taking out any
monks that try to stop you during your passage. Once your done with
the normal monks in this area take the door thats on the upper side
and go through it, in this area smash the breakable things for items
and kill the enemy you come across in this room, once done go through
the other door here.
In this new balcony immediately turn left and take out the two monks
with your rifle, then turn around and take the convenient rifle ammo
in the same area, after that jump to where the red monk is waiting
for you, but rather then fighting like a man.. or.. whatever it is,
it will flee once you get near it.
Once he starts running you quickly take out and reload your shotgun
and take any items that were left in this room, and start following
the red guy to where ever he's taking you, during the follow you
will be attacked by an enemy in the way, use the shotgun to kill
the enemy quickly and continue your persuit of the red monk. A little
more forward and eventually you'll run into the guy again but this
time he's got something of his own, its a friggin gattling gun.
Now we have to fight that guy, the best method of taking him on is
to use the shotgun from VERY close range, get right up next to the
guy and start pumping him full of lead, the reason why we're so
close to him is because he is slow at turning the gun so while he
is still turning it you can easily get behind him and knock some
more shells into it, the fight shouldnt really be that hard and
eventually you will end up killing him and he will drop the key
he was wearing, its the GALLERY KEY.
Now to proceed further on with the game you have to go back 2 or
3 rooms, go back to the place where the red monk originally was
and you'll find a locked door there (it was there all along I
just didnt mention it before) use the gallery key and the door
shall open for you. In this new room shoot the jewel in the deer's
eye and you will be able to get it. Once that is done head over
to the central area and you'll see that there's a puzzle here you
have to complete in order to proceed.
The puzzle will actually give you an idea what kind of a person
Salazar is, if you thought Chief Brian Irons had a disturbing
painting collection, this'll be the cream of the crop. What you
have to do is solve the puzzle by rotating the paintings so that
six deaths are seen on it. The paintings have 2 sides each and
you need to figure out what order to rotate them into in order
to get six deaths showing on screen, without further time wasting
press the paintings in this order to finish the puzzle.
2 -- 1 -- 4 -- 3 -- OK
Now this room will have another little scene involving Leon and
Lord Salazar, after the scene is done you should be immediately
ready since we'll be getting into battle ASAP, so as soon as the
scene is done you should immediately turn right and dash towards
that little door which was unlocked during all this time, enter
the door and this will end up being your perfect hideaway for the
time being, all the armed bad boys will be easier to take out from
that room, but a little while later you will have crossbow people
running around the second floor and you'll have to run after them
in order to take them out. A little while later you will see a little
scene in which some more monks will appear with rocket launchers in
their hands (woah) and it gets a little rougher from there but if
you keep running around the area you can easily be safe from them
infact if your good enough you can even have the rocket launcher
people take out the crossbow men for you. Its a bit hard though.
When your done fighting and want to exit the room you'll need to
flip two switches in order to get the item that we're seeking in
here, the first switch is on the western side of this area and is
easier to spot, you can press that easily, the second switch is
on the southern side of the room hidden under a vase, you'll need
to get rid of that before you can press the switch.
One thing you'll have to know is that if there is no more crossbow
man in the area then when you press the second switch you will have
to fight some newly arriving armed men, so if you want to save
yourself some energy then you should leave atleast one crossbow man
before you press that second switch, reguardless of all that there
will be some new rocket launcher people always arriving when you
press the second switch. Anyway, once you press the second one will
let you get to the tressure chest which has the Goat Ornament inside
it, though it sounds weird, its actually a key item we're gonna need.
With the ornament in hand exit through the door which was blocked
previously into the area into the next room.
You will come into a room with a typewriter now, save your game
at once here, also break the boxes to find some handgun ammo in
them, also take the spinel before you take the blue door into the
next area. You will come to an area with a fountain, kill all the
birdies that are around the fountain and take any money that theyd
drop for you, afterwards take the Velvet Blue from inside the pond
itself, there's a door to the right but Leon cannot open it on his
own, so continue down the path past the fountainand take the door
here. In the new area head a little further down and you will get
a message from Salazar via radio, afterwards continue down the way.
This is the infamous garden maze area we've been hearing about, if
you see the map that the game offers you will be able to learn the
ways to the fountain really easily, but the moon stone isnt the
only thing that the fountain offers, you can also find several
other things in the area as well.
Before entering the maze area make sure that your shotgun or any of
its modified brothers are your primary weapon, the maze area should
be the least of your concerns for the time being, you should be more
worried about the Colmillos, you know, the mutated wolves. They will
jump randomyl from the bushes and surrounding area and try to bite
Leon's throat off if you dont drive them away quickly, aim for the
Plagas in them for kills. Often you'll be back attacked by them as
well and that can really be annoying, but to avoid being back attacked
you should keep your ears open and listen to their sounds, as soon as
you hear them continue running forward and turn back only if its a
corner and fire a shell or two to sub due your attacker.
Now, the main objective for the maze area for us is to find the two
separated pieces of the moon stone, you can find each peace next to
a fountain which is sort of a position indicator, one of the pieces
is on the very north eastern side according to the little map you
get and the other one is up the small set of stairs near the central
part of the maze. As soon as you pick up any peace you will be
attacked by some Colmillos in a quick rush so make sure the guns
are ready before you pick the stone up, once you have both the pieces
combine them and make your way back to the door behind the maze area
that was locked before.
If you want to stick in the maze for some items, you can find some
stuff like a couple of herbs, ammos for various guns and a couple
of valueable items as well. With the full moon stone in your hand
head back to the door near the initial fountain where we killed
some birdies.
Once your here use the moon stone on the door and you'll be able
to proceed inside, inside you'll see a scene..and.. Ada Wong !!!.
Im not sure if the dialogue is different if you were saved by
ada way back at the beginning of the game.
Ada and Leon will talk about some stuff here before Ada makes a break
for it and leaves Leon hanging around, damn she looks hot.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ ___|_|
|__ / ___ |_ )
|_ \ |___| / /
|___/ /___|
CHAPTER 3-3
===========
After that very informative introduction of Ada Wong, we are now
free to search the area and look for Ashley as best as we can. SO
lets get on with it, as soon as you come back in control of Leon
check your surrounding area's, there's plenty of breakable items
in the near areas so do that, break every thing that can be broken
and you'll find a valueable item or two inside of of the container.
When that is done proceed further into the area and eventually in
a little while you'll run into another merchant (how the hell do
they get to these places).
Chat with the merchant and find out whats hot, before exiting the
area however take the memo which tells about the particular female
intruder we just met, also use the typewriter there to save the
game if you wish, once saving is done proceed further, you will
come into a long hallway, it will branch at a point and you will
be able to take the right path leading to some items, actually the
path will lead back to the garden but we'll be using it later on
in the game when the time comes.
Also searching around the area you will come into a room with many
pots that you can break to find tons of items inside them, check
every last pot here and proceed back to the hallway, once your back
in the hallway head to the other end and ring the bell here. Once
that is done you will see the painting flip over, take out any gun
and shoot the bottle of wine that you can see now, this will cause
the eastern exit to open up allowing you to proceed inside.
In this next area you'll come across two chests in the middle which
just happen to be laying there with no one around them, seems really
nice doesnt it, so why dont you go get them already. As soon as your
near the chests you will have a little scene and a big cage will
drop around Leon and you will be trapped inside the cage with some
more ganodo's, and worse of all another garrador. As soon as the
cage drops, the garrador will drop right in front of you so its best
to immediately head a little right or left so that your safe from
that thing for the time being. Now its entirely possible but almost
suicidal if you want to take on all those monsters from inside the
cage, not to mention the one's that are standing outside the cage
waiting to swipe at you if you ever get too close to a corner.
The trick here is to find the door and blow the lock off it and
exit the cage as soon as possible, from where you start inside the
cage the lock should be towards the right or left of Leon, use the
TMP to blow the lock quickly and head outside the cage. If you want
to apply a safer but slower strategy then make your way back all
the way to the area with the dining table, the doors along the way
would give you enough time to take out the normal monks that are
following you but the garrador is a different story. If by luck
the garrador is following you too then you can lure it to the dining
table area where you can safely run around the table and take pot
shots at its back when ever you have the chance with any weapon
since its almost too easy here.
But if the garrador stays inside the cage (since its blind and all)
you will have a bit of trouble because as long as the garrador is
still alive there will be 1 monk arriving every time you clear all
the monks, meaning you MUST kill the garrador in order to end this.
Once all the enemies are finally dead collect all the tressures they
dropped and head back to the cage area, check the tressure chest here
for the fancy hour glass. After doing all this, head down the hallway
where the painting is and take the rare magnum ammo in this area and
then take the door on the northern wall to exit.
Continue forward and you will reach another area with tons of enemies,
the object in this area is to drop down to the central area and flip
the switch which in turn would extend the walkway that we need to
take to proceed further ahead. But you didn't think it was gonna be
that easy, did ja ? there's enemies to deal with here too. You can
easily take the ganodo's on the lower part out from above by using
the sniper rifle, that was easy, be aware that some enemies will also
come out of the door that you just took in a little while so keep an
eye out for these one too. After sniping some ganodo's from above
equip the TMP and jump down, quickly use the lever which will cause
your path to be revealed. But at the same time 2 new enemies will be
around the ladder.
Take them out and quickly take the ladder back up, across the newly
raised walkway you will find some more monks who need some killing,
kill all of them and cross the bridge, on the other side turn right
and take out the monk who is firing at you with the crossbow. Once
he's been taken out jump down to the ground on the other side. Now
go and get the tressures they were protecting which includes ammo
and a fwee rocket launcher, if you dont have enough space in your
inventory for the time being continue with the path as you will see
a merchant shortly and you can buy a atache case from him. Otherwise
take the items here immediately.
Head back up now and go across the path this time taking the door
out of this place where the shielded monks came from before. The
next area will hold a typewriter and another merchant, if you did
not pick the rocket launcher before then buy an attache case from
this guy and return back to get it. Once your done saeve your game
at the typewriter and then go through the other door in this room
to end this chapter as well.
That was a really short one, a short one but a real violent one.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ ___|_|
|__ / ___ |__ /
|_ \ |___| |_ \
|___/ |___/
CHAPTER 3-4
===========
When the initial scenes at the start of this chapter are over and
you are back in control of Leon, search your surrounding area's for
some handgun ammo, rifle ammo and a grenade or two, also check the
salazar portrait to find another 5 grand for the taking, then go
forward and you'll finally meet up with Ashley. But she's bound at
the moment and Leon has to free her.
From where you are, take out the rifle and take aim at the restraints
that are holding Ashley and gently shoot them off, being very careful
not to accidentally hit Ashley, its best done with the rifle but if
your short of ammo for that use the handgun and take aim very slowly
when you fire. Once Ashley is free she will be attacked by a couple of
monks and all you can is try to protect her, so take aim at the monks
that try to take her away and shoot them all down with rifle ammunition.
After the intial wave is dead Ashley will realize that the door is
locked and just then the second wave of attacks will begin. This one
will include countless monks and one red monk boss among them who has
a key around his neck. One thing you should know is that the monks
will keep coming if you donot shoot the red guy, who will try to take
Ashley away mind you, so ignore all the other monks and shoot the red
guy first, but still be aware of the crossbow men and dodge their
fires when you see them.
As soon as you kill the red monk, Ashley will take the key around
his neck and she will open the doors lock. Now you will be playing
as Ashley for a little while. Fun fun fun.
ASHLEY UNDER CONTROL
--------------------
Ashley's not that good to play with because she does not use any
weaponry at all and you still have to face some enemies while your
playing as her, but no weaponry means that your going to use your
brain a whole lot more from here on. When your in control of Ashley
you'll be in a room with a typewriter, search around the room to
find a spinel and a yellow herb for the taking. Once you've taken
the items go through the door leading to your first cowardly fight.
As you enter the room you will run into some monks here but they
dont treat you any nicer and they'll try to kill you, and you'll
have to do something about it, the only offence Ashley has that
she can pick up lanters and throw them toward the monks to do
damage on them. There are six lanterns in this room and 2 monks
and each one takes 3 to die meaning that you dont have any way
to miss otherwise you'll have to run from this battle, beware
however that the flame from the lantern can hurt Ashley as well
but killing the monks is better this way since they'll drop herbs
before they finally die.
Another thing you can do here, is from the start go to the middle
of the two tables and take the green herb first, then crawl under
the table on the left wall near the gate and operate the crank
here until the bars are up all the way. Then go back and use the
two other cranks as well. Once your done with that go through it
and you will find some items on the other side including another
spinel and some money.
Once your done with that area, head down the pathway here and you
will see a door on the left wall along the way, but you aren't
able to do anything in this area for the time being so ignore the
door and continue down the path turning right, take the red herb
from here before entering the door at the end of the path.
In this new area you will come to a series of gates which you need
to navigate through by pressing some switches here and there until
on the other side with an item. You'll find the first of them on
the north western end of this room, press the button and you will
be able to enter the middle area of the room, here you will find a
key item, the Stone Tablet from above the fireplace and then push
the button thats near it. This will lead you back to the beginning
area of this room which has nothing in it but a cabinet for you to
push out of the way. There's a switch behind this as well, now that
we have the tablet press this switch and you will be given a free
path to the end of the room, so take any items that you can find
inside cabinets or whatever and proceed through.
In the next small area, run forward and grab the spinel from the
chair, and proceed further ahead. You will come into a room with
a big puzzle in the middle, well actually its not that big. Head
over to the puzzle and initiate it. The one thing to remember is
that the puzzle solution is always the same if you start from the
beginning but if you mess around with the puzzle then try to leave
the area and return hoping to find the puzzle, you will be disappointed
and will see that the puzzle remains the same.
The following is the solution for the puzzle from the start, looking
at the key pad you have to press the keys in the following order.
________________________
| | | |
| 1 | 2 | 3 |
|_______|________|_______|
| | | |
| 4 | 5 | 6 |
| | | |
|_______|________|_______|
| | | |
| 7 | 8 | 9 |
|_______|________|_______|
Press the buttons in this order...
left to right ---->
6 -- 3 -- 2 -- 5 -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 9 -- 6 -- 5 -- 2 -- 1 --
(after 1) -- 4 -- 7 -- 8 -- 5 -- 6 -- 9.
Once you've done the puzzle properly you will be able to place the
stone tablet that we picked up earlier in here, do that now and a
new path will be revealed so head in there.
In this new area, head forward and you will find a gold bangle from inside
the chest and check the cabinet for another spinel before you do anything
else in here, once taken check the painting in the middle area of the room
and it will end up giving you 2 key items in a row, the Salazar Family
Insignia and the Serpent Ornament. Once this happens though, the cheesy
suit of armors that were in the previous room will also surprisingly come
to life (is this RE or a ghost movie). Since we're playing as Ashley for
the time being and she doesnt have any weapony all i can tell you is how
to avoid the suits, they will swing their huge axes toward you in slow but
very powerful attacks, once the attack is done it gives you enough time to
run away from the suit of armor while he gets ready for a second blow, we
dont wanna stick around for that.
The dodging part however isnt that easy as the game will ask you to press
a combination of two keys to dodge their wild blows, the bad thing about
the suits however is that they can move quiet quickly for their size, but
their attacking speed isnt that impressive. Anyway, with the two key items
in hand make your way back a couple of rooms to where we saw the door on
the left wall that we ignored for the first time. Now we can proceed futher
from there. Once your there (its the butlers room for those curious). Once
you've gotten back there search around the room for any items that you can
take and also take the butler's memo, afterwards use the Insignia on the
place for it and you will be able to turn the dia's, once you do that you
will be able to proceed further and finally meet up with Leon once again.
phew.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ |_|
|__ /
|_ \
|___/
CHAPTER 4-1
===========
After the whole reuniting thing you will be back in control of Leon and
Ashley will be with us once again, time for us to proceed further into
the game. Before we go on with the story however there is a little back
tracking that we can do to gain some super awesome tressure's if you guys
are willing to do that. From where you start in this room you should know
your way back to the area where the cage dropped on Leon and you had to
fight that garrador, make your way back to that room, if you dont know
the way then just find it dammit. Once your back in this area head for
the south exit and you will come to the outside area of the place that
we were when we reached the garden, once your in this area you can use
Ashley's help to enter the locked door via the window, piggy back Ashley
into the room and inside you will be able to find a crap load of good
things which include a valueable Elegant Perfume Bottle, a Red Herb, and
the Broken Butterfly Magnum. I would ask you to periodically upgrade the
broken butterfly since its one of the most powerful guns that you have at
this time and it is whats going to help you out during the big boss fight
at the end of this chapter, but I would also ask you not to use it on
anything else since you hardly get any ammo for it.
Once you've taken all these tressures proceed back. Once you've taken all
that proceed back to the room where Ashley was trapped to begin with and
once your here proceed through the north exit, you will come out in an
area with a typewriter for you to use, so save your game at this point.
Afterwards from here you can find a small tram that you can use to return
to one of the early area's in this part of the game, but we dont have any
business there for the time being so ignore that place and continue heading
north wards and you will come to a place where you can use a small machine
to make your way across some lava. Do that. Once the lava is crossed you
would have reached a new area.
Once on the other side you will have to proceed from there on, keeping your
eyes not to take any damage from the flames but the good thing is that you
can't actually fall into the lava, anyway proceed a little further into this
area and you will see a monk approaching you on a weird flame spitting thing,
before he reaches you and bar B Q's your ass quickly take out your sniper
rifle and try to take out that guy from a distance, it wouldn't take any
more then 1 bullet to do so, it shouldn't be hard. Just dont miss.
Proceeding further you will come to a small puzzle which involves you
jumping from here to there, but it shouldn't be thar hard for you by
now, proceeding across the puzzle you will come to another area where
you will run into a few more monks and about 2 more of those flame
spitting thingies. The good strategy here is to concentrate your fire
power on the monks first since they're the faster one's and they can
cause you more damage. You can try to stay in the central area and
take out the monks from there or you can head forward near the place
where they're coming from and try to blast them as they come out one at
a time. Or you could even try to lure the monks onto the path of the
flames and have them roasted. Its all fun hehe. Once the monks are dead
though its time to take out the flame spitters.
One of the two spitters walks very slow and is much easier to take out
then the other one, for this one you should run across the length of
the hallway so that it follows you and when you reach the end of the
hall quickly turn around and shoot with the rifle to get dispose of
the rider of the flame spitting thing, shouldn't be too hard. The other
one however is a little difficult to kill, but you can easily kill him
too and avoid the flames thanks to the walls that are conveniently
placed in this area, the best thing to do is to run from walls to walls
so that the guy has to change his firing position from time to time,
once he's firing at one side quickly run to the other wall area and
shoot the guy from there. Shouldn't be too hard, once all the guys are
toast you will end up finding the Lion Ornament. By now hopefully you
do have all three of the ornaments in your inventor, the lion, the goat
and the serpent.
With all three of the ornaments in hand proceed back the path we took
until you reach the tram i talked about a little while earlier, with
the ornaments and Ashley besides you ride the tram back to the starting
area's and make your way to the place where you met Salazar for the
first time. Once back here check the mural and you will see that you
can put all the ornaments in here, do that and a path will open for
you to proceed further into the game, before taking that path however
check the right side corner and you will find another painting of
Saddler and some more chas behind it for the taking, near that are
some vases that you can smash to get some items from inside them as
well. Once you've done all that take the path that we just opened up.
Now you will come to a new area, and for reaching the salazar area,
we'll need to go to either ends and find the different keys that we
need to open the area leading to salazar's sanctrum. Before you do
anything however, find the merchant in the local area and do your
thing with him like shopping, upgrading and selling as required.
Besides that there is also another shooting range here you can test
your sniping skills at. Collect bottles from the shooting range and
its time to proceed when your ready.
When your ready to start item hunting, go through the door on the western
side first, you will have to deal with some puzzles before you actually
get what your looking for, in the first room you will come across a very
simple puzzle, in order to get through it push the two knight statues so
that they're both standing on two of the pressure plates on the floor,
afterwards make Ashley stand on the third pressure plate and you go stand
yourself on the final plate, once all plates are occupied you will be
able to proceed to the next room. In the next room you will see just how
disobidient Salazar is, even though Saddler wants the girl alive Salazar
wnats nothing more then to crush the intruders, and thats what he plans
to do literally. In the next room Leon and Ashley will be trapped while
the slow moving ceiling slowly comes down to crush our hero's into the
ground, in order to stop this trap take aim with any weapon and shoot at
the four small red targest and the trap will be disabled.
Afterwards proceed forward and the final and most deadly trap in this
area will be set. Ashley will get trapped in a long hall and a mine
machine will come out of no where and try to crush Ashley, you have to
quickly shoot the two drivers of the machine and once they're dead
Ashley will be able to escape the area before she is crushed with the
machine, once your done here proceed to the store room and you will
find a couple of items here. You'll find the key item that we're
looking for here, the Queen's grail and a valueable item the Elegent
Crossbow, take both the items then make your way backa to the central
area. This time take the eastern door inwards. Time for more action
On the eastern side you will have to battle your way across the hall
rather then solving the puzzle, once you enter intially you will have
to face two armored knights, before you actually pick up the King's
Grail from the other end you will have to dodge the attacks using the
combination of the keys, but after that is done you will have to fight
the 2 groups of knights that approach the area, hitting them with
anything normal isnt even going to flinch them, before you start
fighting it is a good idea to have Ashley stand in one of the corners
since the knights will not go after her, but they will only attack Leon.
To fight the knights you first need to expose the Los plagas inside
them, you cant shoot anywhere else so we have to blow their helmets
off, the shotgun is the best weapon for this, since the knights aren't
that fast you can move back and forth across the halls and quick turn
and shoot at their helmets a few times, once a kni ght's helmet falls
off you will be able to see the plagas from the open area and thats
what you have to shoot from there on.A very nifty trick you can use
is to shoot all the knights helmets off first and when all the knights
plagas are showing throw one flash grenade at them if you happen to
have one and it will instantly kill all of them, this is very cool,
but if you dont happen to have the flash grenade then you will have
to use normal weaponry and aim at the plagas to kill the knights. Once
you've killed all of them and have the King's grail in your hand,
proceed back to the central area where we will put the king and queen's
grail now.
Now before you can reach the area to put the grails in you will come face
to face with a group of monks who will not take note of you until you get
a little close to them, so the best thing to do here is to use the sniper
rifle and try to take them out from a distance, either way take out the
monks and go and place the grails in their respective slots, you will be
able to proceed further afterwards. Proceed.
Now you will come out into another small hallway, there are several vases
here that you can destroy in order to get various items, be aware as one
of the vases contains a snake, watch out for it but if you want an egg
then kill the snake to claim your prize. Besides that you can find two
different sets of pesetas and some shotgun shells if you explore this
room long enough to find all the items, once your done item hunting in
here proceed forward and jump down from the edge of the ledge your at.
Now in this new area head forward and above you, you will notice a huge
hive of those insect things, before heading any further start unload a
crap load of rounds into that hive, its not really important to do this
but we're doing it just for the money, if you happen to have the rocket
launcher then just 1 shot from it should be enough to get the job done
otherwise you'll have to shoot at it with a lot of your normal ammunition,
after you've done shooting at it a whole lot the hive will fall down,
apprently useless but you will be able to pick up quiet a few eyes from
here which can be really valueable. The bad thing about is that you cannot
prevent whats about to happen even with this.
Once you try to proceed further into the hallway, a small event will
happen and Ashley would get kidnapped, immediately after that you will
be forced to fight 6 or something like that number of insects,
relatively like the novistadors the thing is that these insects cannot
turn invisible,but they can fly which can make it very easy for them
to surround you fromall sides, the easiest strategy to fight this battle
is to head double back up the hallway that we came to this place from and
kick the door open then go to the opposite side of it, then use the
entrance as your advantage point and shoot the insects as they approach
one after the other, shotgun shells or fast TMP rounds work best for them.
Now, if you want some serious cash then jump through the window thats
near this door before proceeding further down the hallway, you will
come to a path which has a buttefly lamp at the end, if you happen to
have the eyes of different colors then put them in this lamp to make
its value go way up then normal. Once you've done that go back to the
hive area and operate the switch at the end of the place, you'll need
to shoot the chains of the bridge too if you want it to come all the way
down so do that and once the bridge is all the way down cross over.
You will now come to an area with a merchant and a save game spot for
you, if you happen to have the butterfly lamp combined with the eyes
then sell it to the merchant here to get some serious cash, aftewards
if you didnt pick up the rocket launcher from before pick one up from
this merchant if you happen to have enough cash since it will come in
very handy in the coming times. Save the game before you want to proceed
further then take the door to the next area.
You will now come to the outside area of the clock tower, destroy the
barrels here to find a Velvet Blue, and once taken proceed further,
soon you'll come under catapault fire and you'll have to run for cover,
its really easy as all you have to do is keep running to avoid the fire,
you will be attacked by some monks head on as well but you can use the
catapault fire to your advantage by making the monks run into it so they
die immediately. When your heading for the second floor you'll notice
that the catapaults will start blasting the doorways too so wait for the
catapaults to empty before proceeding through the door.
On this side of the tower you have to destroy the three objects that are
preventing the gears of the clock tower from moving, you can find two of
them even before you climb the ladder, shoot at them with your handgun,
there are three objects in total and we'll need to go up to find the
third one, so take the ladder up to where the third object is and shoot
it out of its place, then take the green herb thats found in the
surrounding area and take the memo from here as well. Once all the objects
have been removed, activate the crank thats at the top lever of the tower
and the tower will activate.
Once that is done the bottom part of this floor will be occupied by a
new batch of enemies which include the crossbow men, and now we have
to go down as well, so start heading down the ladders while taking out
any monks that attempt to block your path. When you finally make it to
the lower level you will have another small scene of some enemies with
dynamites arriving in the area, quickly go through the door to the
external area of the clock tower.
Now move forward towards the bridge and you will be attacked by three
more shield bearing monks, you should take care of them quickly and
make your way across the bridge, but soon you'll see another small
scene and the bridge will soon become full of monks which include one
with a rocket launcher in his hand as well, there will be monks coming
from behind you as well so you should turn around occasionally to check
your back side, by far the best weapon for this area is the shotgun and
you should aim at the guy with the rocket launcher before anyone else
since he's the biggest threat here, a good strategy is to toss a grenade
as soon as you see the enemies coming for the bridge and hopefully it
will target some of them, another good strategy is to take care of the
one's coming from behind you quickly then to run right back to the door
that came into this area from and use the doorway there as your advatage
point and take out the monks as they enter using the shotgun shells, this
seems like an ideal place to use the rocket launcher but i would advice
you to save that for the later parts of this level since we're going to
run into bigger problems ahead. The rocket launcher man when kiled will
drop a valueable gold bangle, so take it and once all the people are dead
cross the bridge and head into the door at the end of the path.
Now you'll come to an area which seems impossibly hard, you will have a
couple of monks and not one but TWO garradors standing right in front of
you, i hope to god that you didnt waste the rocket launcher in the
previous room or if you HAVE it to begin with, if you have the rocket
launcher then quickly aim it at the door thats between the two of them
and fire the rocket there, the impact should hit the parasites on their
back hard enough and they should both die instantly otherwise very
seriously wounded making them cannon fodder, they each drop a set of
15 k peseta's which is more then enough we need, as your heading up to
the path where the garrador's were you will be attacked from the behind
by some monks so keep an eye out for them as well. If you dont happen to
have the rocket launcher then the best method is to take out any normal
monks before you attempt to fight the garrador's then use their blindness
to your advantage and take them out using shotgun shells.
Before proceeding to the next area check the various pots that are in
this room, you should be able to find a first aid spray in one of them
that will help us out very much. Afterwards proceed further and take
the 2 spinel's from each statue, proceed to the next area and you will
meet salazar again. Time for a trap.
Keep your fingers on the dodge buttons A and B or L and R as you will
have to press one of them very quickly when the game prompts you to ,
after that is done salazer will send one of this guys to deal with Leon.
Now where Leon gets up again, you will find several dead bodies and
several items to loot from them, apprently salazar doesnt treat the
people he doesnt like very nicely, anyway once you've gotten the
various item that this place has to offer, chat with the merchant and
see what he's got to offer, he'll offer you a new shotgun from here
on me thinks, after that is done save your game and take the ladder
up to the upper area. In this new path, continue forward and check
the first pipe area to find a Velvet Blue and the next one to find a
spinle, there's a red herb here somewhere too, proceed further into
the hallway once your ready and you will run into Salazar's Right
hand man.
Take the door on the other end here, in this new area again head to the
door on the other end but keep your fingers on the dodge keys since you
will need to do a quick dodge before you can exit the area. In this new
control room take all the items that you can find and once thats done
check the control panel, the shutters will close and the elevator will
start to rise, quickly head for the shutters to try and open them but
just like the elevators this is going to take some time, but the right
hand man will also appear. Boss time.
BOSS : RIGHT HAND MAN
---------------------
Now there's two things you can do in order to get this fight over with,
you can either play it safe and keep on dodging his attacks while the
elevator comes down so you can get the hell out of this area or you can
take the initiative and shoot the hell out of this creature. Either will
involve you using the nitrogen canisters and tipping them over the right
hand man so it slows down a little bit.
After the boss makes its initial appearance, he will attack you with
differnt kinds of attacks that incluse slashes or it will even some
times try a charging attack which you can dodge by pressing the proper
dodge buttons that appear on the screen, once you've dodged a few of
its attack quickly head over to the nitrogen contains in this room and
tip it over, this will cover the right hand man with nitrogen and it
will slow him down for a little while giving you a chance to run like
hell and find some cover, eventually the shutter will be removed and
you will be able to proceed back to the previous hall where there are
some more nitrogen canisters waiting to be dropped.
Now in this hallway, if you want to play safe then its better that you
leave the canister thats nearest to the elevator area for the last and
use the other canisters first, tip the other canisters over when the
right hand man is near them and they will slow him down a whole lot,
once your canisters are all done the elevator should either already be
here or should be very near to coming here, so quickly make your way
back to where the elevator was, if you manage to waste all the canisters
and the elevator isnt here yet then you dont have any alternative then
to try and dodge the boss's attacks normally which isnt that easy of a
thing to do. Hopefully you'll be alive by the time the elevator comes
and you'll be able to take it out of the area. Quickly head for the
elevator and take it down to end this chapter.
The other method of this fight involves in us shooting the living
daylights out of the boss and getting an item for it, most of the
fight procedure is the same but once you knock over the first
nitrogen canister and the boss is frozen, take out the rocket
launcher or the next most powerful weapon you have (which should
be the broken butterfly) and start smacking the boss while he's
frozen, you can also hurt it normally but the bullets do more
damage when its frozen, if you happen to have the rocket launcher
then it would be extremely easy for you to kill it, otherwise tip
over the nitrogen canisters one at a time and start pumping the
boss with any kind of powerful weapon available. Eventually the
boss should die and it will drop a Crown Jewel after dying. This
method is really hard without the rocket launcher and can take up
a lot of ammo if you dont have powerful guns, if your a first timer
then its suggested that you try to run away from this boss.
----------
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ _ _ |_|
| | | ___ / |
|_ _| |___| | |
|_| |_|
CHAPTER 4-2
===========
From where you start this chapter there will be a merchant next to you
with a typewriter and tons of items for you to find by breaking the
barrels or searching around, you can find a good amount of ammo in just
this area as well, there's a memo here as well, take all these items and
save your game at the typewriter, the right door will lead you to another
game of shooting range, if you dont want to do that then proceed to the
left door into the next area.
Run forward in the new area and you will come face to face with 2
villager ganodo's, apparently they're the one's who work the mines,
kill the two here and search around them to find some more handgun
ammo and another valueable item. Take all that. Head for the new
area, here you will have to drop down to the lower level, here
search the broken cart to find another valueable item isnide it,
then check the switch board near you to call down the cart but
before it comes to you it will stop because the power will faulter.
Dang. There might be more villagers in this area so keep an eye
out for that as well, once the cart stops move towards to the
southern part of the room where the circut breaker is located,
we need to fix it, take the ladder there and go operate the circut
breaker, after doing that some more villagers including one chainsaw
villager will drop into the main area, and you'll have to dispose
of them. The shotgun is your best friend in this area and you should
take aim for the chainsaw guy first.
After you've disposed of all the villagers here check the first switch
again and the cart will come all the way down, check it to find the
dynamites inside it, once you have that head over to the boulders which
are blocking your path further into the area and destroy them using
the dynamites that you just picked up. In this new area you'll find
more barrels near the entrance, destroy them to find some items
including much needed ammo for your magnum type guns. Also important
is the grenade you find in one of them. Take.
In the new blast furnace area, on the right side you will find a flash
grenade and a first aid spray, and you can even find some shotgun
shells. Take these items and as you approach the other side you will
be attacked by not one but two el gigante's at the same time. Fighting
time.
SUB BOSS BATTLE : TWO EL GIGANTE's
----------------------------------
When your near the door you will see the scene involving the two el
gigante's coming into this room and you now have to deal with the
both of them at the same time, actually if you like to you can kill
one of them pretty quickly and not with that much risk but the bad
thing is that you will not be able to pick up the reward money that
one of them will supposedly leave behind. To do this you must first
start the battle normally, as soon as the gitante's appear quickly
turn around and pass through the central area of the room where the
large trap floor is, the gigante's might follow you on it, if you
want one of them to stay where they are then quickly use a flash
grenade so that it stays in the same location for a little period
of time.
This should give you enough time to make your way across to the lever
that activates the trap door, quickly tap the A button twice to open
it and one of the gigante's will wall down into the lava leaving the
other one and Leon to fight, one thing you should avoid is stand next
to the gigante thats about to fall since it will struggle and it might
pull Leon under with him if your in his grip reach. Now its just one
more el gigante to deal with. If you didnt do the lava thing then you'll
have to get rid of both of them normally which can be really hard.
You should know how to deal with the second el gigante by now, but you
can apply a smart technique to get rid of this one without having much
trouble, in one of the corners up a ladder you will find a scaffolding
which you can use to instantly travel across to the other side of the
area, this is a key place as the smartest strategy to do here is to
stand next to the scaffolding and fire at the gitante from there,
afterwards when he's getting too close to you, quickly press the action
button to use the scaffolding and travel across, Leon will not get hurt
during that and you will safely land away from the gigante, you can
repeat the process as much as you want.
But you will still have to apply the normal methods of killing the
gigante here as well.
--------
In the next area you will come face to face with many of the flying
insects that kidnapped Ashley a little while ago, the best thing in
this room is your shotgun, so equip it immediately and reload it to
full, check your map and you will notice that there are two small paths
heading off east and west at dead ends other then the one headin south,
actually each one of them as a switch at the end that you need to press
in order to make the path accessible. A good strategy is to ignore the
insects to begin with and quickly dash over to one of the switches and
press it, as soon as you press any switch some of the insects will come
towards where you are, you will be able to easily take them out with the
shotgun since the area your in is isolated and you have only one direction
to attack from. Once both the switches have been pressed, the path going
forward will open and you will be able to proceed.
The next area has stones coming down to the ground in an attempt to crush
you, though it seems tricky its really easy as all you have to do is run
past the stone after it smashes to the groudnd and is going back up.
After the initial stones are done you will see a series of three stones
in a row, this seems dangerous, look at the lever on the wall and press
it, this will cause the middle one of the stones to stop, giving you the
perfect stopping place during the running part, so go through with this
and when your past the stones take the Royal Insignia and proceed to end
this chapter.
Thank goodness it wasnt too big of a chapter. Easier for all of us.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ _ ___|_|
| | | ___ |_ )
|_ _| |___| / /
|_| /___|
CHAPTER 4-3
===========
Before proceeding forward, pay a little visit to our merchant friend who
might have a few new toys for you to play around with, once you've done
dealing with him destroy the barrels around to find items including
handgun ammo and herbs, also take the note from here. Once that is done
proceed forward.
Heading forward you'll notice a few more ganodo's standing here, take
them out from a distance using the sniper rifle and head over to where
they were standing so proudly. Proceeding forward while checking the
barrels for any items, you will come to a bonfire where a few more
ganodo's are standing waiting for something to happen, you can either
taken them out from a distance using your conventional weapon, other
wise there's a ladder before the bonfire that leads to a higher platform,
you can go up that ladder and use a single hand grenade to take out as
many as you can and use handgun fire to kill the remaining ganodo's.
Easily done.
Once the area has been cleared of all enemies, check around the bonfire
area and you will be able to pick up quiet a few items besides the one's
that the villagers we just now killed dropped, you can find a velvet
blue in one of the ruined places and when your done item hunting go
through one of the ruined buildings windows on the rear side of the
bonfire and inside you will find a crank and some more items for the
taking, use the crank and you will open a path for yourself heading
further down into the catacombs area.
You will come down to a new area with some more villagers and a couple
of bear traps that you have to disarm or get risked being trapped into
them, if you have a good powered shotgun then you can use the scatter
to your advantage in an attempt to take out more then one traps at the
same time, proceeding further into the area you will hear a chainsaw
starting but you don't have to fight that guy just now so dont worry
about it, instead make your way down the small steps on the west end
ignoring the other door and you will find a Staff of Royalty at the
end of this path, its a valueable item so take it.
Now take note of the locked door, and proceed further to where the
ladder is, you will run into 2 more chainsaw villagers here, take
them out as best as you can with the shotgun, one is on the lower
end of the ladder and the other one is on the upper end of the
ladder, once they're both taken care of take the ladder up and go
for the key here, when you get the key more villagers will storm
the area and will attempt to climb the ladders, its really hard to
keep up with the ladder pushing to its best if you stand in one
corner with your shotgun armed and blast the villagers as they
come up the ladder to their deaths. Once this batch has been taken
care of you should have the mining key in your hand.
Head over to the locked door and open it using your shiney key, on
the other end of the door you will come into another celing trap
room with the roof trying to crush you, like before you have to
shoot the 4 targets in order to dispose of the trap but there are
some small plagas in this room who want to kill you as well, if you
happen to have a flash grenade then quickly toss one them immediately
take out the switches for the trap, or if you dont have one then the
best thing to do is take out two switches, then take out some of the
plagas, then take out the remainder of the switches, once the trap
stops the plagas will also stop coming into the area so its best to
ignore the plagas for the most part. After the trap has been stopped
check the crypt in this room to find some cash inside it. Once this
area is done proceed through the door.
Proceed further destroying any barrels you encounter, until you reach
the mine cart area, enter the mine car and its time for us to take a
little joy ride. To start the ride hop into one of the three cars
then shoot the lever and you will start the ride. There are three cars
which you can jump through but for safety reasons its best to stay in
the back side for the most part. During the course of the ride many
ganodo's from all the sides will start to jump onto your three mine
cars and you will be forced to fight against them, if you manage to
hit a ganodo before it makes it to the cars then it will fall into the
path of the car and get crushed but you won't be able to take the items
it drops, but if the ganodo makes it into a car and then you kill it,
you can take the items that it drops after dying. When a ganodo is able
to get into the cars it will throw some axes towards you which are a bit
tricky to dodge so if your not willing to kill the ganodo's in air kill
them as soon as they land.
Eventually the car will come to a road block and stop for the time being
and suddenly you will come under attack from all sides by villagers i
ncluding one chainsaw villager, you will have to take out the chainsaw
villager if you want to restart the car ride, so take him out as quickly
as you can but dont hesitate to jump out of the cars as well since there's
some ammo laying around to the left and right sides, take care of the
villagers as quickly as you can but be aware of the plagas sprouting
villagers, when you can, shoot the lever again and you will start the
mining car once again. On this leg of the ride you will run into planks
on the middle of the track which will smack into you if you dont either
shoot them out of the way or press the dodge buttons quickly when they
get close, its much easier to shoot them and its much easier to shoot
them from the back car so do that. Eventually another chainsaw villager
will drop into one of the cars, if you want to earn some money from it
then jump into the same car as it is quickly and take it out from close
quarters using your powerful shotguns, it will drop like 10k peseta's.
Soon enough though you will not be able to change cars anymore as the
ride comes to an end and you would have wasted the money if you didnt
pick it up before.
Once the ride is very near the ending you will have to press the dodge
keys A and B or L and R as the game tells you to quickly otherwise risk
going through the entire ride all over again, when your back in control
of leon take the Stone of Sacrifice from the area, afterwards head for
the ladder at the end of the partially hidden passageway after taking
any peseta's in this area and take it up to the initial area's of this
level.
Here use the Stone of Sacrifice on the Lion's gate door and open it,
enter the door and operate the elevator inside to proceed on to the
next chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ _ __|_|
| | | ___ |__ /
|_ _| |___| |_ \
|_| |___/
Chapter 4-4
===========
From the start of this chapter where you are there will be two packs of
handgun ammo next to you which you can take, there's also a typewriter
here so if you wish to save your game do that and then proceed forward.
Walk a little further into the area and you will come across a really
big statue of salazar, I think we all know that something's gonna be
happening to it in the coming times already. If you want the thing to
get moving, head a little north and a monk will start to press the switch
which will cause the statue to start up. But only one the statue hands
will be moving at this time, if you want to change that then go and use
the switch or shoot the switch on salazar's body. To make the damn thing
work more you will have to press 2 more switches which are located on
the upper floor on the eastern side of this room or on the lower level
on the western side of the area. Once you get both the switches you will
be attacked by more ganodo's coming into this area so be prepared .
There's a statue on the back of the statue's head too which you can use
by going to the upper most level of the western side, this particular
switch will cause both the hands of the statue to start working at the
same time. Doing so will raise the platforms giving you access to walk
across them. When your about to cross over the statue will come to life
and start chasing you, its running time.
Quickly tap the A button to make Leon sprint as fast as he can, you will
also have to dodge the falling pillars from the left and right side by
pressing the L and R button depending on which side the pillar is falling
from, also if there are 2 pillars coming in at the same time then you
will have to press L and R together, at the end of the hall, raise the
gun and break the lock on the door quickly. Now outside continue to keep
tapping the A button to keep Leon sprinting until the chase comes to an
end and the statue is left to eat your dust.
Once through the next door you will have a little encounter with Ramon
Salazar once again, and after that scene is done check the area your in
for some bullets and more importantly a yellow herb, once you've taken
all the items in this area we have to give chase and follow salazar up
the tower. As you are making your way up the circular staircase some
more enemies will appear and start tossing barrels down the stairs, the
sad thing is that you cannot dodge these so the only thing you can do
is shoot them before they hit you.
Keep going up the stairs until you reach the part with the suspended
wooden planks, cross them and you will reach a ladder which leads up
to the place where the switch which controls the barrel is, turn the
switch off and some enemies will appear down the stairs waiting for you
including one crack minded red robed monk like the one who didnt attack
you at all, if you want to play it fun try to roll some barrles down
yourself to kill some of the approaching monks but there will be cross
bow monks as well, and you will have to go down the stairs in order to
dispose of all of them including the red one who drops a good amount of
cash after he dies.
Once this is done head back up, when you reach the area with the elevator
on the upper side you will first have to get rid of the monk who is armed
with dynamites and throwing them at you, continue heading up while you
run into more and more monks including crossbow men and red robed monks
until you reach the next elevator, take it up and you will come out in
an area with a merchant, a save game spot and lots of ammo.
Talk to the merchant and upgrade the powerful guns that you have at
this time and afterwards take all the ammo thats laying next to the
typewriter, which includes magnum rounds, rifle ammo and TMP ammo.
Afterwards save your game at the typewriter before proceeding further
since a big boss fight is coming in a little while.
BOSS FIGHT : RAMON SALAZAR
--------------------------
Before anything, I would just like to tell you that this is a big
fight. But if you manage to have powerful weapons like the broken
butterfly in your inventory it shouldn't be considerably harder.
If you recall correctly I asked you not to use the broken butterfly
at all and upgrade it every chance that you get, well if you manage
to get it to full power and have all the ammo that we have found from
the start then you should be good to go for this fight and it wouldnt
take a lot of bullets to get this one over with. Still, it can be hard.
First lets take a look at the attacks this bastard can do, as you will
notice this boss comprises of three main tentacles, the central one of
them being the one in the center, although the center one doesnt hit
you that often, it has the most damaging attacks of all three, first it
can slam the platform that your standing on to deal a heavy amount of
damage, secondly it will try to swallow you in whole which is needless
to say an instant death attack so its best that you get the hell out
of the area when you see it attempting to eat Leon.
The other two tentacles have a similar attack, and although not as
devestating as the central one's attacks they still happen more then
the central one's. The main attack the other tentacles can do is that
they will pick Leon up and smash him on the platform he's at or even
throw him down to the lower area sometimes, but luckily enough the
game will give you a prompt for dodging them when the attack is about
to happen, it can easily be dodged. If you do manage to fall down take
the ladder quickly back up to the upper part since there are annoying
little things on the lower area that attack too. There are boxes which
have emergency supplies for you down there but dont even think about
checking them before the boss fight is over, they'll still be there
once the fight is over out so you dont have to worry.
Now lets come to the actual attacking part of this fight, the only
real damage can be done after you've opened salazar's shell and are
able to see the true form, to do that you will have to fire at the
large eyeball thats on the central tentacle, you can use a single
butterfly round and the eye will drop down for a while and salazar's
shell will open revealing salazar for you to shoot at. But since you
haven't got that much magnum rounds at this time and the tentacle with
the eye ball moves a lot you should take out the TMP when your dealing
with the eye since you should have plenty of ammo for that gun at this
point in the game. As soon as the eye drops change your weaponry and
take out the butterfly. Take aim at salazar and hit him as much as you
can before the eye finally comes back up and you have to repeat the
process.
One thing to note is that during the time the eye is down the central
tentacle will not be able to attack you but the left and right one's
will still try to hit you occasionally and you will be able to dodge
them with the prmopts that the game gives you. IF you happen to have
a rocket launcher with ammo for it then use that once the shell is
down and Salazar is revealed. A fully powered broken butterfly is the
most ideal weapon for this fight.
One last thing, if you dont have the broken butterfly or the rocket
launcher then this fight can take a long time since salazar is very
resiliant and he takes a crap load of ammo to die, if neither is
available then the best thing to use would be the TMP since its got
a very fast rate of fire, if you dont have that much ammo for the
TMP then use the shotgun to blast the eye then when salazar can be
seen use the TMP full throttle, soon the boss should die.
-------------
After the boss is finally dead scoot around the entire area and pick
up all the items that you had missed before, also take the huge sum
of 50 grand peseta's that the boss dropped after he dies. Once your
done with this, proceed further ahead through the straight forward
paths until you come to the area with the merchant and the save spot.
Save your game at the typewriter here and have a look at the stuff
this merchant is offering.
After finishing with the merchant continue down the path until you
finally come to the docks where you'll see a scene where Ada is on
the docks on a boat waiting for Leon, she gladly gives Leon a ride
to the island area and that marks the end of this chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
_ _ |_|
| | |
|_ _|
|_|
Chapter 5-1
===========
From where you start on the island I should tell you in advance that
you will be facing commando's in this area, dont get worried since
they're not any different then the other humoid folks that we have
been dealing up till now in the game, its just that they are a little
more tougher to kill and are often armored too.
So from where you start, proceed forward and you'll find smashable
boxes in an area, smash all of them and get the items tht you find
inside, afterwards take the path right and you will come in front
of some buildings, apparently this place was some sort of military
facility before the los plagas invaded this area as well. So from where
you are at this moment run forwar and you'll see a small gap you can
jump to access the main area, however there's a spot light that will
spot you once you jump to the other side to its adviced that you take
it out before you jump otherwise you will have to face some enemies on
the other end of the gap. Jump across after destroying the light.
On the other side you will find only one soldier for the time being,
take out the rifle and try to take it out from a distance, one thing
you'll notice is that these guys are much faster runners then any of
the other human opponents that we've faced so far, so take this guy
out quickly, if you knock its head off it might grow the tentacles
so that isnt highly adviced, once the guy has been killed you should
make your way to where was standing to begin with initially.
Once you've reached this area there is a ladder here heading to an
upper area, take the ladder up, once your at the upper area move
around a little bit and pretty soon a gattling gunner commando will
appear who is a handful to kill with normal means, the bad thing
about them is that you cannot knock them to their feet so the best
method to deal with them is to take out something like the shotgun
or if you still have some magnum rounds take out the broken butterfly.
Then run right up to the guy and start shooting him right in the
head, a couple of shots from a fully powered buttefly is enough to
drop this guy, if you dont have butterfly ammo then using the shotgun
is your best alternative but you'll need shotgun shells later on so
that is highly unadviced.
The guy will drop a ton of cash when killed, search aroung the area
and you'll find a couple of magnum rounds here. This should make you
happy for the time being. After the chain gunner is dead some more
enemie will pop out of the same area that he did and they will come
to attack you as well, the safest method of taking them out is when
they start to come up the ladder knife them down or shoot at them
to kill them efficiently, there might be one or two armed with cross
bows so keep an eye out for them as well. Keep an eye for sneak attacks
from your back side as well.
There might be some more commando's in more bunkers around the area
so if you want to kill them lure them to the same spot and use the
same method to take them out slowly but surely. Once your finally
done with this area head over and flip the switch thats next to the
door and that will operate a laser beam. In order to get the door
here unlocked you will have to point the laser thats coming out
from here to the small sensor next to the door. Run up to where the
first reflector is and rotate this one so that it meets with the
second reflector.
Now make your way to the second reflector and rotate it so that the
laser comes right on top of the sensor, keep it there and the door
shall unlock. Now proceed through the door, here smash the barrels
and you will be able to find some shotgun shells among some of them
after taking them proceed forward but be ready to quickly press the
dodge keys when the game prompts you to dodge the boulder that the
enemies roll after you.
After that is done proceed further down the area until you come across
some ganodo's, take them out and keep going until you come to a ladder
go ahead of it and you will find some shotgun shells laying around. Now
head back to the ladder and take it up.
As soon as you come out in this new area, quickly turn right and
take out the boxes here, you will find an emerald in here, take it
and then spot the lone commando here, take him out using the small
arms since we're saving the big ammo for the later parts. After the
soldier has been taken care of continue forward taking any items
that you find and jump across the gap.
Once your on the other side you will be attacked by some crossbow
commando's, but before you take them out or after you take them
out quickly duck into the nearby cave and take care of the three
taser equipped enemies inside, after you have taken them out search
the surrounding area for some items which include herbs and some
ammo for your weaponry. After that take note of that explosive
barrel and take it out, this will clear a path on which you can
find a Golden Lynx at the end, this thing sells for very high price
and we need all the cash we can get.
Okey now the next part can be a little tricky, there will be a
bunch of enemies waiting for you near the next area, there's a
few crossbow armed men, a rocket launcher guy and many more un
armed soldiers waiting to get a piece of you, the easiest method
if you happen to have ammo handy is to try and take the crossbow
men out from a distance using your sniper rifle, or you could also
try to charge in the crowds with your shotgun in hand and take them
all on, or you could also try to make a dash for the little cave
like place where you will also find some more shotgun shells and a
herb or two, this also serves as a shooting point as some of the
enemies will follow you into the cave where you can easily shoot
them on the way.
But the crossbow men for the most part will not move out of their
place which makes them the hardest enemies to kill in this area ,
further ahead in the area you would notice a cart which is full
of explosive barrels in them so after heading into the cave you
should make a dash for the back side of the cart and shoot it once
to get it rolling down, anything which comes in the way of it will
be crushed and the cart will also explode when it reaches the end
so thats a plus point too. Once your done with this area, or if you
just dont have enough ammo to fight all the enemies here quickly
run through the door on the back side of the cart area.
Go through that area and you will come up to another merchant and
a save game spot near him, talk to this merchant and you'll be
able to purchase the island tressure map from him also you can now
buy the very expensive killer 7 gun from him if you happen to have
a crap load of money to spend.
After proceeding through the merchant area you will come up to the
facility buildings, the first area will be a kitchen of sorts, in
the area check the locker for some money, you'll see a door on the
wall, ignore it for now and proceed forward around the corner and
kill the single enemy here, afterwards take the shotgun shells and
green herb here. Keep your fingers ready as once you move a little
forward you will suddenly be attacked by an enemy on fire. Kill.
Once you've passed through this area and entered the next one, you
will run into the first axe men who swing that big axe around in an
attempt to kill you. These guys usually appear one at a time so you
will mostly find killing them easy, you won't have a hard time in
getting rid of them with the usual knock down and knife when they
are on the ground routine. The first one you face will be aided by
the crossbow men on a lower area, you dont really need to fight them
but you have to kill the axe man none the less. You should take the
path down and find the Red Stone of Faith after killing all enemies
in this area, you can also find a yellow herb inside a barrel under
the stairs once you've dealt with all the enemies here.
Now head back up and go through the door on the left side, inside you
will finally learn of Ashley's safety, she's safe afterall. Once your
back in control of Leon, search the surrounding area of this room for
some more items, you can find 5 grand peseta's inside a locker, once
you've taken all that head forward and you will run into another one
of those merchant dudes, there's another target practice area near
him as well so if you want to practice your target, thats for you.
ALso you can find some more shotgun shells in the surrounding area as
well. Now, the merchant will sell a new item, its a Tactical Vest that
will reduce all damage Leon takes by 30%. Its a bit expensive (60000)
but its well worth the risk. If you have enough money to spend then
this is the ideal thing to purchase.
Now to proceed on with the story you need to unlock this door which
is controlled on a different area where you cannot reach normally,
but there's a shutter here and once you start getting close to it
the shutter will start going up and down revealing enemies behind
it who will attack, the first group is the dynamite throwing kind
so all you have to do is fire at the hands just as the dynamite is
about to leave so that it falls right there killing them. The second
group will be a much harder to kill group of crossbow men, you can't
do headshots on them since they're wearing helmets so the ideal gun
for this part is the TMP because of its fast firing rate. Once you
have taken out the second wave of enemies as well the shutter will
open up again but stay open.
Before passing through the shutter check the lockers on the right
side and you will find a valueable emerald in it, take the items that
the enemies dropped after dying. Once your on the other side of the
shutter kill the single enemy standing there then search the surrouding
area to find a red herb and a box of TMP ammo. Proceed further.
In this next area you will find a typewriter to save your game on, in
the crate next to it you will find a Brass Pocketwatch which sells for
a good price, save the game here immediately. Once you've finished
saving your game take the nearby stairs to the upper level.
Here, you will first notice a sign thats pointing left towards the
operating room but ignore that for now and head for the right side
where you can find another emerald and some more rifle ammo inside
a box, once you've taken all these items proceed back and haed for
the operating room now.
A little into the room where the autopsy table is you will notice 2
locked doors near you, the one with the keypad next to it can be
opened now but you will have to solve a little puzzle. The puzzle
involves you arranging the colored arrows in a certain combination
so that the door gets unlocked. The proper solution is written here.
Blue -- Green -- Green -- Red -- Red -- Red
Once the door is open you can head inside. Head in, you will find
some items inside, take the memo from the left side of the room and
search around for some TMP ammo before you pick up the key that is
Freezer Key Card. Once you take the key quickly escape to the back
room but you will notice that the monster in the adjacent room just
woke up, this is your first Regenerator enemy. You currently don't
have the means to kill this bastard so its not suitable to fight.
If the monster is blocking your path or is giving you some trouble
to flee from, take out the shotgun and take the monsters legs out
but as its name goes, it cna regenerate its body organs, still you
should be given enough time to find the emerald in the autopsy room
and flee from this area entirely before it recovers, exit back to
the hallway outside. There's another regenerator here too.
Once that is done use your map to navigate your way to the door or
the freezer room, and use the cardkey that we just picked up to
enter it. Once your inside the freezer room head straight for the
small room to the right side and inside here use the keycard machine
to get yourself the Waste Disposal Keycard. With that in hand go
and turn the cryogenic device nearby off, with this turned off you
can now find the infra red scope inside valve handle locked freezer.
Besides these items you can also find a green herb behind some glass
so keep an eye out for that too.
Here's a little tutorial for using the infra red scope with the rifle
now obviously you should know that you need to have atleast 1 rifle
with you to actually make some use of the scope, if you dont have
any then i would ask you to retreat back to the previous merchant and
buy one since you should have tons of money at this point, now attach
the scope with the rifle and once you are aiming with it your target
window will turn infra red and you will be able to see the red los
plagas inside the regenerator's bodies, you can shoot at those sweet
spots with the rifle ammo and once the plagas are all dead take out
the rest of the regenerator with normal ammunition.
Now once you take the scope out of the freezer a body in this room
will come to life and the exit door out of here will be locked for
about 60 seconds or if you kill the guy before, this is the perfect
time for you to test out your new scope to attach it with the rifle
and take the guy out or if you dont have the rifle just keep going
around the autopsy tables and you should be safe for the time limit
to expire. Once your done with this room either way head back out
to the hallway and you will face 2 regenerators now, since this is
a long hallway and the regenerators move kinda slow you can easily
take on them using the infra red scope and dont hesitate in doing
so 'cause each fallen regenerator will give you 5 grand in cash.
You can even go back to where you saw the first one and take him
out just for the sake of the cash, once your done in this area make
your way to the waste disposal area. Its the door with the danger
sign, you should be able to navigate to it using your map. Once your
at the door, use the waste disposal keycard and proceed.
As soon as you enter the waste disposal area proceed a little further
and you will come to a control panel from where you will be able to
pick up some of the ganodo's and dispose of them efficiently, its
like one of those prize netting machines that you can find in many
places, the best thing to do here is to try and take out the cross
bow people with the machine, it can only be used three times, after
that is done your better off shooting all the remaining people with
the rifle from right next of the control panel, that is the ideal
place to shoot them from. Once the area is cleared proceed further
but check one of the dumpsters for a well hidden emerald.
After that proceed to the next room where you can find a yellow herb
and check the lockers for other various items that can be taken. Once
that is done proceed to the next area where you'll finally see Ashley
but she's trapped in a small prison which is guarded by 2 guards, you
should lure the guards to follow you a little distance away from that
place so as not to hit Ashley accidentally, when your done killing
the guards, there isnt much you can do for Ashley for the time being
since her prison is locked. Ignore her for now and proceed further
to the north door into the next area.
You will come to a small office like area with a couple more ganodos
waiting for you, its not a bad idea to equip the shotgun and return
back to the doorway and wait for them to come at you and die by the
shotgun shells. Once the entire room has been cleared of enemies you
should search the entire area for as many items as you can find which
include a flash grenade, some shotgun shells and some magnum rounds
which you can find on a shelf once you go down the stairs here. There
is also a typewriter down here so you can save your game at it. Do
that before proceeding further.
The door near the typewriter will take you to a lab of sorts where
you will run into another regenerator type monster, only that this
is a much more advanced and dangerous version of it. Its all the
bit dangerous at the normal regenerator but it has more parasites
inside its body and it also has these spikes of sorts which it can
use to deadly effect during battle so its a must not to get close
to this guy or else he's going to inflict some major pain thanks
to those spikes of his.
Killing this guy is almost similar to the normal regenerators as
you will first have to aim with the infra red scope and take out
the los plagas parasites inside the creature's body, but once the
parasites have been taken care of you will them also have to kill
it like any normal being to make it "dead" for good. It isn't that
hard if you have the infra red scope and the rifle to use it with
since once all the plagas die the rest of the body doesnt take a
hell of a lot of bullets to die. But if you are without a rifle
the fight will get very hard for you, in that case you will have
to shoot it with TONS of shotgun shells from close range to kill
it or use something like a rocket launcher to lay it to rest.
Either way once you have killed the iron maiden you will find the
Storage Area Card Key from the dead body. This is what we need to
free Ashley but if you want to make a little side trip for some
ammo read the following.
Once you've killed the iron maiden and gotten the Storage Area Card
Key search around the rest of this area and you can find several
good items including some herbs, some rifle rounds and an emerald
that you have to knife out. Besides that if you check your map you
will notice a dead end path coming out of this place, if you go
there now you will find another merchant here. That isnt important
check the barrels next to him and one of them should hold a yellow
herb for you, besides all that there's an elevator heading up to a
small radio tower from here too, the radio isnt working for now but
you still can find some birds up there one of which drops a 5000
peseta pack after being killed. Once all that is done time to head
back to where Ashley was.
The path back however isnt a straight forward one as you'll encounter
more enemies including crossbow men and normal commando's on your way
in the area up the stairs, you can run right in the middle up the
stairs and throw in a flash grenade and take the opertunity to shotgun
everyone's asses or you can play it safe and use the rifle from a good
distance and try to take everyone out from safety. Either way you dont
even have to fight all them if you dont want to. Just rush back to
where Ashley was ignoring all enemies.
use the Storage Area Card Key once you reach the right door and
head inside to meet Ashley and finally end this huge chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ _ |_|
| __| ___ / |
|__ \ |___| | |
|___/ |_|
Chapter 5-2
===========
Finally a breather after that huge chapter we just went through. This
one isnt as big as the previous one though so thats good for all of us.
From where you begin this chapter, search the immediate surroundings
and you will find one memo and some shotgun shells, equip the shotgun
and tell Ashley to stay in the back corner of this room for the time
being then proceed through the door. On the other side you will run
into some more enemies some of which are potential tentacle people.
Get their attention and quickly run back through the doorway and
get rid of them as they come through using the trusty shotgun gun.
Proceed into the next area with Ashley, once you get here you will
have a little ambush scene and Leon and Ashley will be trapped in the
room with some enemies, from here quickly order Ashley to get back in
the corner with the entrance that we came here from and use the trusty
shotgun to quickly dispose of any enemy threat in this area. Once all
the enemies are taken care of press the switch which will let you
proceed but at the same time some new enemies will surprse you from
the back side so quickly take care of them with your shotgun and head
into the waste disposal area.
In here, Leon and Ashley will automatically jump down to the next area.
In this new area you will notice the Iron maiden but it isnt functional
at this time, as soon as you switch the first lever the maiden will
come to life and will start marching towards you, quickly tell Ashley
to hide in the container while we deal with the Maiden. Quickly head to
the other side of the gate and switch the lever causing the gate to
close out, then use the other lever and close it from the other side,
with this barrier between you and the iron maiden now quickly take out
the parasites in its body with the infra red rifle, afterwards once the
parasites are dead you can make use of the explosive barrel to get rid
of the iron maiden for good.
Once you've killed this one, take the crap load of money that it drops
and then with Ashley's help push the container into the water forming
a bridge of sorts, but right then another iron maiden will appear in
the area and you will have to take it out as well, use the same gates
method to take it out and take the cash that this one drops as well.
In this next area you will come across another batch of enemies, that
you should take out with nothing but your shotgun, if you dont have
enough shotgun shells then use whatever you wish but just get rid of
them, in the crates in the surrounding area you can find a herb and
some more shotgun shells for the taking, once all this is done jump
down to the lower area where a wrecking ball awaits.
Down here is a bit of a hectic spot so you need to be ready with shotgun
in hand, down here you will note the wrecking ball and the almost endless
amount of enemies that start appearing in the area, the wrecking ball
can be activated by the small control room on the corner and you need
to use it atleast three times before the path you want to go to is open
now you can either use the control panel yourself or have Ashley do it.
Having Ashley do it seems like a nice idea but after she uses it once
and during the time it takes for the machine to reset she will remain
there in wait mode which means she is vulnerable to being taken away
during that whole time so its best if you keep Ashley with you during
this time and press the controls as Leon. After using the controls once
start running around the pit of lava, this is just so that the enemies
dont gather in the same spot and also it will be enough time for the
machine to reset. Once you've used it three times the path you want to
go to should be open so make a mad dash for it with Ashley besides you.
In this new area immediately equip the rifle and reload it then ask
Ashley to stay near the entrance, then proceed forward quickly and use
the lever here, afterwards kill the regenerator thats in this area, you
should have enough ammo to take it out with, once the regenerator is
history proceed to the small area on the right side, in this room you
will find some rifle rounds and a grenade. After taking those head back
to the area where we killed the regenerator.
Head behind the shutter area now and there is another regenerator here
kill this one too and take note of the lever behind it, it cant be used
for the time being so lead to the left door and in this power room take
the green herb, shotgun shells from the locker and then press the red
switch before exiting back to the previous area.
The shutter should be half open now and Ashley can go through it, she
will open the shutter from the other side and you can pass through it
as well, on the other side proceed further and take the door on the
right and you'll come to an area with the merchant, buy and sell from
him as you like then use the typewriter in this area to save your game.
Proceeding further down the hall you will come to two levers, have
Ashley stand with the left lever and you yourself go and operate the
right side lever, the lights will begin to flash and when the middle
one flashes quickly press the A button and you'll be able to proceed.
Now you will come out to an area with a huge bulldozer standing, and
Ashley surprisingly knows how to operate one, she will jump into the
drivers seat and its a familar game all over again, while Ashley is
driving the bulldozer you must take out any enemies that try to stop
you or jump on the bulldozer, luckily they will come from the back
side so you dont have to worry about surprise attacks, you do have
to worry about the truck however, you will hear a horn after a little
while and when you see the truck blast a shotgun shell right into
its engine area, it will stall for the time being. Continue on with
the ganodo killing and when the truck tries to attack again hit it
again and it will be stopped for good. The bulldozer will stop after
a little while and you'll come to an elevator.
Proceed further and you will notice there is a lever that you need
to press to continue your ride, but once you head for the lever
some enemies will drop near the bulldozer and will try to take out
Ashley, so as soon as you hear her calling quickly turn around and
take care of the enemies first, what you need to know is that they
are not infinite so keep killing until the enemies finally stop and
then proceed on with the lever.
Once the elevator ride is over you will have another session of the
same driving type thing like before, so take care of any enemies
that try to aboard your ride and when you hear the truck coming
take aim at its engine and dispose of it. But in a little while
Ashley will crash into a building and you will have to abandon
your ride. Once outside take the ammo from the room your in and
proceed to the next area via the door, here you will run into a
merchant but there's many other items that you can take besides
that in this area, so find all you can get, dont forget to take
the Green Stone of Judgement from near the merchant, then chat with
him and do what you do then save your game at the typewriter here.
Afterwards head through the door and the chapter will end.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ ___|_|
| __| ___ |_ )
|__ \ |___| / /
|___/ /___|
Chapter 5-3
===========
From where you start the chapter you can find a handy 5000 peseta
package from the left of the stairs and another memo from the table
once your done taking both of them proceed up the stairs and take
the door in here.
In this next area quickly run forward and take the shotgun shells
from the area, afterwards take care of any and all ganodo's that
are in the area using weaponry like your shotgun, once you've taken
care of all the enemies descend down the stairs and enter the door
that is at the end of these stairs. In this new area proceed forward
but turn right, continue going right until you come to a door, kick
it open to surprise the enemy thats on the other side of it and take
him out quickly. After killing him take the items that are inside
this room which include a flash grenade and some more peseta's.
Afterwards turn back around and take the stairs which lead to a
single ganodo, take him out and searching through the area's you
will be able to find some more money. Afterwards take the stairs
down to where the door is and proceed through it. Afterwards go
through the hallways and through to the next room until you reach
an elevator, take the shotgun shells from near here before taking
the elevator. Once you've got the shells, feel free to use the lift.
----
In this new area you will have a lengthy and a much more dangerous
scene then ever before, Leon will meet up with the person who was
responsible for the kidnapping of Ashley in the first place, Krauser
a former agent of the same agency that Leon works for, but thats not
the scary thing about this fight, during this fight the game will
ask you many times to press the dodge keys or action keys in the
middle of the scene to dodge krauser's various moves or it will be
instant game over. Not what we're looking for.
As the scene proceeds you will have to quickly dodge right after
you see the first shot of Krauser, the game will have to press
either the LR combination or the A B combination, its more likely
that you will get the L R one but dont trust me on that, a good
simple strategy is to keep your thumb over the A and B buttons
and your index finger placed over the L and R buttons, that will
make life a little easier for you. After the initial cut to Leon's
face Krauser and Leon will begin to talk about themselves, and in
many places Krauser will lunge towards you even when he's talking
and the bad thing is that the game will tell you only a split
second before the actual thing happens which makes it even harder.
During the fight when Krauser knocks Leon to the ground and aims
the knife for him you will quickly have to tap either A or B and
after a little while it will change to the opposite button then
the one you were tapping before, keep surviving long enough for
this part and eventually the bitch in the red dress will come and
save your ass in the nick of time.
After both Krauser and Ada have left the god damn scene will
finally be over.
-----
After the scene is finally finished head down to the lower level
and take the door here, if you thought the last part was as bad
as it could get when it comes to dodging, your about to enter a
similar dodging spot.
In this small hallway which leads to Saddler's sanctrum, you will
be in a small hallway with red lasers coming to chop you into 100
pieces, where have we seen that before now, oh yes the crap of
the movie that was Resident Evil. Anyway, the first of the two
laser swipes are very easy to dodge as all you have to do is
navigate Leon through them when you have enough room, all the next
dodges will come by pressing the L and R buttons when the game
asks you to do that together. You will have to dodge the second
trap two times in a row quickly so dont sit back after dodging
just once. Afterwards when your next to the door, use the switch
here and the final laser will start, it will start from the way
other end of the hall at slow speed and rapidly speed up before
it finally reaches you, its much better to run a few steps ahead
and then press the dodge keys rather then waiting for the laser
to come all the way to you since its rapidly accelerating here.
Once you dodge the final laser the door will be unlocked and you
should proceed through it immediately before something else happens.
Now you will come into Saddlers throne room but sadly enough he
isnt here for the time being, for now head up to the throne and
take the emerald from there, after taking that turn around so your
facing the door we came in here from and shoot the sparkling thing
right over and it and you will get the Elegant Headress. Once you
have taken all that if you want to have a cheap laugh have Leon sit
on saddler's throne. Anyway, once you've dealt with all that head
behind the throne and you will find an elevator here. Take it.
Once you've taken the elevator proceed forward and you will see
some stairs heading down, take them down and once down there go
to the area under the stairs to find an emerald and a green herb
for the taking, once you've taken these items proceed further down
the path and eventually you will come to a merchant and another
save game spot. But first enter the door that near the merchant
and inside you will be able to find a red herb and some ammo for
your magnum. Once taken head back out and save your game at the
typewriter here, talk to the merchant and buy/sell stuff as you
please, then take the memo from near the merchant and once your
done with all this proceed through the double doors.
While proceeding through the path you can find another yellow
herb for the taking through a broken cage along the way, once
you've taken it proceed further and you will finally come into
contac with the IT that Saddler was referring to and its time
for a massive game of hide and seek.
As soon as you run into the IT and the scene is over you will be
thrown into the storage crates with the rest of the stuff. Now
the basic concept of this area is that you have to get through
each of the three area's here by throwing the switches that will
open your way to the next area. In order do travel between them
how ever you will first have to shoot at some of the targets and
they will open the smaller area's that will lead to two switches
in each cube, when the two switches are pressed you will have a
limited time in which you must make it across to the next cube or
risk getting the game over.
The worst thing about this whole fight however is the fact that
during the entire fight you will be hounded by the IT thing and
you will have to dodge its attacks while going through the whole
escaping from the cube routine, often times the game will prmopt
you to press the dodge keys in order to dodge one of its attacks
but you can also dish out some damage to make it stop for a little
while giving you the window of opertunity, you cannot kill the
boss at this time so dont even try to do that. Here is what you
have to do in order to go through the cubes.
The first cube isnt that hard to press through but IT will be there
to make your life a living hell as you proceed through the area, gladly
the switches are right near their respective targets so you wouldn't
really have much trouble going through them, the first target and
switch is located on the north western side of the cube so head over
there and quickly take care of this switch, the second one is located
east from here so quickly head over there while dodging any attacks
that IT does. When your done with both the switches ignore all else
and quickly make your way to the door to move to the next one.
From the entrance of the second cube, turn right and take the grenade
from here, afterwards, head for the central area of the cube and IT
will come behind you, shoot it back if you wish but dont waste your
magnum rounds in this area, instead use the shotgun shells because the
magnum ammo is valueable and we're gonna need it. Head to the southern
side and you'll find a target here, take care of it and use the switch
afterwards. After that retreat to the central area and on the northern
side look up to spot the next target and press the next switch after
taking care of the second target. Quickly go through the door once
you've got the two switches.
In the third and final cube when you get here IT will make a small
change to itself and now will have a pair of razor sharp wings to
attack you with, thats just great, in this area dont hesitate to
use a round or two from the broken butterfly to drive IT away for
a little while, afterwards find and flip the first switch thats
easy. For the second switch you will have to go through the middle
path and find the target on the north eastern side of the cube, then
head back through the same path to the second switch and press it.
Afterwards make your escape as quickly as you can.
Once you escape through the cubes your thinking that we just got
rid of the boss but proceed a little and the IT will return in full
force and you will be tapped inside an area where you must fight
the boss to the death if you want to escape. You cant do anything
else here besides good old gun combat so get ready for a boss.
BOSS FIGHT : IT
---------------
Now you should remember why i asked you to save all those magnum
rounds, but sadly enough you dont want to use all the rounds in
this fight alone as you'll need more in another coming boss fight
the best thing to start off this fight however is to use one clip
of your magnum ammo on the boss but leave the final bullet, we're
gonna keep this final bullet until we upgrade the magnum at which
time the merchant refills the guns themselves.
The good thing about shooting them with the butterfly is that with
each shot it will stutter a little meaning that during the magnum
shooting it won't be able to proceed even a single step forwrd
and thats a good thing for us all the way. Once you have done the
magnum thing however its best to switch over to either the shotgun
or the TMP, whichever you have the most ammo for.
The attacks this boss does will mostly be similar to what you have
seen it doing already, it will try to slash you with the wings on
its back if it gets a little too close to you or if you damage it
enough it will often burrow deep into the earth and will attemtp
to attack you from under the ground, worry not since you can dodge
the attacks by pressing the proper commands that appear on screen.
IF you didnt have the magnum in this fight to begin with you will
have a little trouble though since the initial magnum clip would
have weakened the boss down already a whole lot, but there are
other alternatives for you to deal quick damage to the boss, if
you manage to spot the boss next to one of the explosive barrels
then shoot it and the boss will sustain some quick damage, or you
can lure the boss towards the lever operated gates and trap it in
and shoot it from the safety of the gates while it tries to blow
the gates open or before it burrows under the ground and makes it
to where you are. In simple words, you have to hit it like hell.
You can also use your occasional flash grenade to distract the
boss for a little time also giving you enough time to pump the
boss full of shotgun shells or TMP rounds, after you've dealt the
boss enough damage it will fall down as if it is dead but unless
you get a proper scene for its death you can be sure its not dead
yet, so be aware when that happens as it will get back up in a
little while, pretty soon after that if you keep up to your strategy
the boss fight will be over and this hard ass boss will finally die.
It drops a whopping 50,000 peseta's after its death.
-----------
Once the boss fight is over with proceed through the only door out
of this joint.
Outside you will come across the lift that we passed before, if you
wish you can take it across to the other side and find a green herb
for your later uses, there's also a herb in the surrounding area on
this side as well so keep an eye out for that. After all that is done
take the ladder thats on the eastern side into the next area.
After climbing the ladder, in the next area search around the rooms
to find some more shotgun shells and another grenade inside the
cabinet. Afterwards proceed farther and you will come across a little
camp site full of soldiers, easily enough you don't have to fight most
of them head on, so just blow one of the explosive barrels near them
safely and you would have gotten rid of most of them, afterwrads jump
down into the main area and take care of the rest of them using the
shotgun or anything like that. Take all the items you can find in this
area by killing and breaking the barrels which include a yellow herb
and some more ammo.
Once your done here jump down into the hole thats near a tent. Down
here you will spot a merchant and a save game spot, so save your game
at the typewriter then dont forget to upgrade the broken butterfly's
ammo capacity and if you had the one bullet in it like i asked you to
then it will be refilled automatically once upgrades. Besides that
smash the barrles in the area to find some more ammo and take the
note near the merchant. The door there leads to another shooting
range game if you wish to take it. Afterwards take the ladder out of
this area when your finished.
In this area, just break the barrels for some more items and after
that proceed through the area to the next one.
-----
Now the following section of the game can be really annoying if you
are playing the game for the first time and have no idea of what is
gonna happen, a little while after you enter this new area Jack Krauser
will appear and start to do combat with you, one sided combat that is
as we cannot and will not want to kill him at this point. You cannot
kill Krauser properly until you have 2 pieces of a key and the third
piece is with Krauser, thats when you get to kill him.
During the raid Krauser will come at you with all sorts of attacks from
most of which can be dodged by either moving around or pressing the dodge
keys when he throws a grenade at you, sometimes he will lunge at you with
his knife and the only method of stopping that is by shooting him a little
before he actually makes it to you, the TMP works best in this situation
since its a really fast weapon and Krauser is a very quick person and he
can dodge some of your ammo too.
The Shotgun is a good weapon in this area as well since its got a good
scatter you have a higher chance of hitting Jack with it, but dont even
think about using the magnum here since we're going to need it for the
final battle with Jack and it won't be the final battle with him unless
i tell you that it is so keep the magnum at bay for the time being and
stick to your TMP and Shotgun's.
-----
When you enter this area for the first time proceed a little and you
will have a little scene involving Krauser, and the first of your many
mini fights will begin, dont bother with the magnum at this point but
equip the TMP or the shotgun, you will be in a tight area and you will
have to fight Krauser and damage him enough so that he throws a flash
grenade and escapes the area, before you escape however check the area
for a green herb as well since you won't be returning here afterwards.
Once the fighting starts, make sure that you have the TMP readt at all
times since he will try to attack you a lot, but since you are in a
tight spot dont be afraid of taking a herb or two if your health drops
a little bit but you should try to hit him on the head more often as
that will stun him momentarily giving you a chance to fire some more
TMP rounds into him. Soon after he will throw a flash grenade and flee
the area, the gate leading further will open. So you should proceed.
Now, in this area, start running east wards and you will suddenly be
surprised by Krauser and he will most definetly try to grab you by
the head, if that happens quickly mash the controls to make him stop
and after that quickly press the dodge buttons as well since he'll
most likely go for a knife swing once you are free from his grasp. The
good thing is that in this are you don't have to keep fighting him to
make him escape, you just have to run to the other end of this place
yourself. So start running in the north eastern direction.
If you are attacked by any other enemies during this trek then be
sure to take some time off to kill them as they can be really pain
in the butt, while your proceeding you will come across a bridge and
once you cross it if your quicker then Krauser jump into the small
building after the bridge, in this building you can find some real
life saving items including a first aid spray, shotgun shells and
some TMP ammo as well.
After you've taken these items escape this house and continue your
jounrney to the end of that direction. Before you go up the stairs
find a green herb thats around there and after that climb up them
and Leon will automatically take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Panther.
Once you manage to take the first piece of the holy beast, Krauser
will arrive and you will have to fight him again like we did at the
start of this thing, now that was a closed area but this is an open
area menaing Krauser can do plenty of new tricks to kill you, first
of which is if he jumps to the upper platform that means that he is
either about to throw a grenade or two down towards Leon or he is
getting ready to fire with the machine gun. The grenade can be dodged
by pressing the dodge keys as the game tells you and the machine gun
fire can also be avoided by standing behind one of the walls thats on
the central part of this area.
Afterwards, use similar tactics to end this fight and pretty soon
Krauser will escape this area as well, time for us to do the same.
You will now have to do a small puzzle in order to proceed which is
not hard at all, you will see a statue and you have to move it to
the appropriate panel on the floor to reveal two lever's that will
open your path out of here. That isnt hard at all, so once you've
pushed the statue over head back to where the small building right
after the bridge was and you'll find the second lever here.
Watch out for Krauser and his head grabbing move like he did before
and when you reach this area press the lever and you will gain access
to the lower area's. Afterwards jump down into the area that you just
unlocked, and down here you will be attacked by some more of those
small flying robot thingies, they aren't that hard to kill as they
take only one bullet to explode but the damage they cause can be big
as well as the explosion after their death so dont stand too close to
any one of them when they're exploding.
Proceeding through the area you will come across Krauser and you will
have a little talking scene immediately after which you will see two
more robots, take them out quickly as well and lets head for the final
confrontation with this @$$ hole.
Continue down this path and you will come to a tower of sorts, climb
it and when you reach the top most area before proceeding further go
left and find the magnum ammo and a green herb that will help you
out during the coming fight, after that proceed back to the starrting
area and proceed forward until you find the Piece of the Holy Beast,
Eagle. But immediately after you take that Krauser will appear and
its time for out final fight.
BOSS FIGHT : JACK KRAUSER
-------------------------
As soon as you pick the Piece of the Holy Beast, Eagle. Krauser will
come into view but you won't be fighting his normal self, instead at
the start of the fight his Los Plagas will mutate and burst out of
his body, now thats what your going to have to fight. As soon as it
happens Krauser will immediately try to surprise you so keep your
fingers on the dodge key during the scene to quickly respond, if he
manages to knock you off the platform quickly tap the A button so
Leon gets back up. Phew.
This form of the boss isnt that hard to deal with depending on the
kind of weaponry that you have been saving up till this point, the
biggest annoyance is that Krauser can block off all attacks to his
upper body by his arm so you will first have to hit him in the open
exposed area of the body which is his legs and knees. IF you want to
deal the most damage to him the quickly shoot his legs until he drops
down to his feet after which he will expose his head and chest for
attacking, take the time and pump some bullets into his head for the
most damage caused.
If you happen to have a butterfly with plenty of ammo for it then
you can finish this fight quicker since it only takes one bullet
from the magnum to his knees to make him stagger after which you
are free to pump him in the head. Besides that if you dont have a
lot of spare ammo for the butterfly then you would have to switch
weaponry which isnt nice. Take out the TMP here and aim for his legs
and when he's down quickly take out the magnum and finish the rest.
Though the shotgun sounds tempting for this battle its actually not
a real good damage dealer for Krauser so try your best not to use it.
If you dont have any magnum ammo at all then you would have to do
this entire fight using your TMP or shotgun if you dont have enough
TMP ammo either. Krauser has many different attacks but thankfully
most of them can be dodged by pressing the L and R buttons together.
Krauser will flip backwards after doing an attack or after you dodge
one of his attacks and when he stops he will most certainly leave
his head and chest open for a few seconds for you to take aim and
fire some pot shots at. So take this time to do that as well.
Now if you are forced to take action with your shotgun I would still
ask you to rather use the rifle or something because the scatter of
the shotgun makes the damage less so you would first have to lure
Krauser to come dangerously close to you if you want to deal lethal
damage to him.
One thing you'll notice in this fight is the timer thats on your head
you need to quickly kill Krauser and escape this area, it shouldn't
be a problem once you have mastered the broken butterfly but besides
that it shouldnt take a whole lot of time either, once Krauser is dead
take the Piece of the Holy Beast, Serpent and proceed.
------
The timer is still running even after the boss fight so with all 3
pieces of the holy beasts and head back down the ladder you took
up and go through the open area here, at the end use the three
pieces on their slots and before exiting take the handgun ammo from
the nearby area. Proceed through the area when your done to end
this chapter as well.
Two boss fights in the same chapter, this was one hell of a chapter
if you ask me. but we're not that far from the ending of the game
now, rejoice.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ ___|_|
| __| ___ |__ /
|__ \ |___| |_ \
|___/ |___/
Chapter 5-4
===========
Right near the entrance of this chapter you will encounter a save
game spot, so save your game before proceeding further.
Afterwards proceed through the area once your little conversation is
finished. You will see a little scene of a helicopter pilot named Mike
coming to Leon's assistance. Now what you really have to do in this
area is to get from one side to the other side while you will be in
heavy assault from the enemies, but luckily enough for you your friend
here will be able to take out most of the turrets and stuff like that.
So from where you start this area, quickly find the shotgun shells
that are around your area, after wards carefully make your way to
where the turret is firing at you from and blow the barrles here to
find some items like a herb and some more magnum ammo. Take these
items and wait until your friend yells "Take Cover " and thats when
you have to run like hell to find a safe spot to hide while your
friend destroys anything thats causing you trouble. First here your
friend will take care of the turret thats along the way.
Afterwards you should proceed forward, and when you come to a spot
where you see a small scene of a bunch of enemies dont rush into
them and dont let them see you as there is a rocket launcher one
or two among them as well, anyway back a little bit after you see
the scene and its helicopter dude to the rescue. He will come in
and gun the hell out of the enemies that are standing here, the
best thing however is that they still drop items after they die
and you can take a minute or two to explore the area's to find any
items that the enemies had dropped.
Either way continue your trek down this path while dodging and hiding
inside tents and behind walls as your helicopter friend takes care of
any enemies that you will have to encounter in the coming times, after
that you will come to an area with a pad lock on a door blocking your
way but that shouldn't be a problem, shoot the lock off and proceed.
Proceed through this area and where you come out the other side you
might have to fight some armored opponents here, also keep an eye
out for any enemies coming from your behind since it will be hard to
keep track of all the enemies due to all this hectic going around.
A little while later you will see the helicopter take out the tower
after which you should climb up and inside you will find a switch
that unlocks the door nearby. Before proceeding how ever take all
the items that you can find inside the tower including herbs and ammo.
Through this door you will come across a chain gun equipped enemy
as well as some other enemies on the other side who will also come
into this area shortly, soon after you enter you should take cover
behind something to avoid the machine gun fire. You can use the
slidy thing to surprise the machine gunner as well, anyway, drop
down near the machine gunner and quickly take him out, he will drop
about 5000 peseta's and an item or two as well. You will find a lever
near where the guy was initially and that will unlock the gate that
leads to the further area's but before you go you can search around
the area for some items including a grenade and another herb or two.
Now in this new area that you come out, you will have a shit load
of enemies and three different gun emplacements to take out, but
like before we will leave the bigger things and a lot of the enemies
on to our helicopter friend, once you get near the emplacements hide
and take cover and you will see the chopper coming and destroying the
turrets one by one, after that if you want some serious cash you
should dive into the area and run for all the money dropped by the
enemies that are killed by the chopper before it disappears, you
need to switch the two levers which are down the paths which are
being guarded by the initial 2 gun turrets, so once they are taken
out quickly go in either direction and flip the two levers so you
can proceed through the central exit.
Once all the commotion ends here all you have to do is find any
spoils of war that you can find then proceed through the central
door to proceed to the next area.
Once you go through the door you will see a little scene of your
good friend being killed with his super awesome helicopter. Say
a heart felt good bye to him and its time to press on forward, we
will take vengeance for his death from Saddler. Afterwards proceed
forward and go through the area's, you can break some barrels to
find useful items like a first aid spray, also you can find an
emerald on one of the pillars near the area you entered from.
Proceeding through the area you will come up to a scene where Ada
is back to calm Leon down before his Los plagas acts up again, but
she doesn't stay there for long and decided to split up. Once the
scene is over you can find a Pearl Pendent in this area also you
can find some handgun ammo in the local area as well.
Afterwards proceed through the door and when you reach the area
with the typewriter start searching around for some items, you
can quickly find some magnum ammo and a flash grenade before the
regenerator comes in from the far side, you should still have the
thermal scope and the rifle with some ammo to take it out with. It
will have five parasites inside it like an iron maiden but its a
normal regenerator so it shouldn't be that hard to kill. After you
have taken care of the regen, sweep the area once more for any
items that you may have missed and climb the side of the stairs on
the southern side of this area to proceed further.
Afterwards proceed down the steps in the next area and once down
check the surrounding area's for more herbs before you proceed on
further where you have to face a crap load more opponents. Starting
the fight you should run forward and round the corner to start the
fighting, if you are a little low on the ammunition then head for
the lower area near the small control room where there is a barrel
which can explode, so lure the enemies after you and while they go
down the ladder you can destroy the explosive barrel to take out
a bunch of them quickly.
After you have killed a few of them a chain gun enemy will appear
in the area and immediately that should be your primary target.
Take him out as quick as you can using the shotgun shells from
close range of magnum rounds from deadly close range. After he
died take the items that he drops and afterwards take care of the
rest of the enemies before proceeding anywhere farther, since a
action we do in a little while will prompt more enemies to appear
in this area we want to take out the one's that are already here
first. Once all the enemies have been taken care of take all the
items that they have dropped. Then proceed towards the small control
room in the south western corner and check on the machine here.
Once you check it a card key will pop out of a different place but
a commando will pick it up along the way meaning you have to kill
everyone to find out which one has it. The best place to kill them
is right from where you turned on the machine, since it is an
enclosed area and all the enemies are aware of your presense they
will rush towards you to kill you, shotgun any enemies that try
to enter through the doorway, if you get an uncomfertable amount
of Los Plagas enemies then be sure to throw a flash grenade which
kills all the revealed Plagas immediately.
Once all the enemies are finally dead take up all the items and
money that they drop and finally get the Emergency Lock Card Key
from the one that took it, once your done with this entire area
its time to press on forward.
Finally after all the ruckus we can escape this damned area, once
your ready to escape, with the emergency card key in hand head over
to the top most room in the north western corner, and I mean top
most when i say that, you will find the card reader here on which
you can use your card key, once you've used this you will be able
to turn off both the switches in the two guard rooms and be able
to escape out of this area.
So after using the card initially, head back one level down and
use both the switches, this will in turn open the door that you
need to go to in the central area, so go there and proceed.
Now the end of this chapter is drawing near and so are we drawing
near to Ashley, so from where you begin in this area immediately
turn to where the two armored enemies are and take care of them
quickly, once they're down take the door you see.
In this room you will finally run into Ashley once more and after
a scene or two Ashley and Leon will be together again, time for
us to make our grand escape out of this area.
In this area, from where you enter if you go right and break the
barrels in this corner you can get yourself some pretty high
number of pesetas, besides that in this room you will run into
another merchant, going through the previous area's, you should
have shit load of stuff that you want to sell to the merchat
and take this oppertunity (since you have a lot of money too)
to upgrade your powerful weaponry like the broken butterfly
to its maximum stats. Also take the memo Luis wrote from this
room before proceeding through the only other exit.
In the next area you will have to face a total of 4 more enemies
so tell Ashley to stay near the entrance door while you go on
to take care of the enemies, shouldn't be a problem at this point
in the game, after you've done the enemies proceed through the
first door leading to the next area.
You will now come out in a familar room but this time Saddler is
not there so you can safely explore the area and you will find
some useful ammo for the magnum and shotgun and another herb.
Once you've taken these items head back to the previous area.
Once back here, proceed further down the hall and enter the door
which leads to the operating room.
Now a somewhat kinky (cough) scene where Leon and Ashley "remove
the parasites" from their bodies, you will end this chapter once
the scene is over and its time for the final chapter.
_ __ _ _
___ _ _ __| | ___ / _| __| |_ __ _ _ __| |_ ___ _ _
/ -_) ' \/ _` | / _ \ _| / _| ' \/ _` | '_ \ _/ -_) '_|
\___|_||_\__,_| \___/_| \__|_||_\__,_| .__/\__\___|_|
___ |_|
| __|
|__ \
|___/
CHAPTER 6-1 : THE FINAL CHAPTER
===============================
Let the grand final chapter of the awesome game begin, one thing
I would like to tell you in advance is that you will be able to
keep all the weaponry that you have in this game for the next one
so when you run into the final merchant dont hesitate to update
your weaponry as it would most definetly help you out in the next
game that you begin. Besides that from the start free enough room
in your inventory in advance so that you can fit a rocket launcher
in it when the game gives you one during the final boss fight.
From where you start in this area, proceed forward and take the
stairs when you can since there's nothing else of importance here.
Above the stairs you will find some items like a herb, some ammo
and one final memo to read. After taking all this proceed through
the door here. In the next area you can find some more items like
another herb, some TMP ammo and a grenade or two, this is also the
final merchats room and the final save room in the entire game.
So save your game here immediately and trade with the merchant to
make just about all the weaponry you use the most high powered
and at full ammo capacity.
Once your finally done and ready to end the damn game, proceed
down the final stairs and Leon will use the elevator at the end.
Up there the final series of scenes will begin, first Leon will
see that Saddler's got Ada trapped in this area, but when he
tries to use his powerful arm to control the Plagas inside Leon
he replies with a witty remark, bad idea Leon as soon after
Saddler begins to mutate into his final huge ass spider form
and your boss fight with him begins.
BOSS FIGHT : LORD SADDLER
-------------------------
When the boss fight begins Saddler would have already mutated to
his final boss form which is a huge spider with many legs and 1
big eye on him which as you all might have guessed is the weak
spot for this bad boy. But before we actually start fighting we
will check the surroundings for possible safety or escape areas.
The area where your fighting on has three main sections where
you can fight from, first is the middle section where you are
starting the fight from, you shouldn't stay here that often since
its an open area and it gives Saddler enough room to easily pound
you from all directions. Besides that there are two other smaller
platforms as well which are connected to the central area by a
set of small moving bridges which dont work well. They will move
a lot and if they move while your on them then you will quickly
have to press the dodge keys to make Leon jump and hang to the
other side where you would then have to tap the action key like
mad to make him climb up quickly.
Saddler has a wide range of attacks at his disposal but he mostly
just runs up to you and slashes you with one of its limbs, that
being said Saddler isnt as fast as you might think and Leon can
easily outrun him if the occasion calls for it so if you see
him charging at you run away, if your on one of the smaller area's
then dodging Saddler would be much difficult since he's very big,
in that case you would have to run circles around him or just go
under him to avoid his attacks.
Often times you will also see Saddler quickly jump in the air
and try to stomp you, but that can be easily avoided by moving
forward or backward as quickly as you can, getting caught by
this attack will result in you taking a shit load of damage.
So try to avoid this at all costs. Saddler isnt just a dumb
boss either he will often pick up the girders in the surrounding
areas and try to throw them at you, these are very hard to dodge
and end up taking a lot of health out of you, but they're not
entirely impossible to dodge either so try your best but you'll
probably end up taking damage.
You should have enough healing items in your inventory to go
through this fight and if you start loosing health rapidly
take a healing item or two to restore your stauts.
Now when it comes to actually fighting the monster head on you
will have to be slightly more creative, you will have to first
hit the monster's popping eyes through out his bodies and when
you manage to hit one of them it will crash on the ground and
THEN you will be able to hit the big eye to cause some serious
damage to the boss, the best weapon to use here is the TMP as
you only need to hit any eye with 1 bullet to make Saddler go
down for the count, but after that you should take out something
powerful. The best method to do this is to wait for when Saddler
is charging towards you then take aim at Saddler with the TMP
and wait for one of the eyes to pop out before shooting it.
Besides that the game also provides you methods with which you
can make the fight easier, on each of the two platforms you can
find explosive barrels which if you shoot when Saddler is near
will cause him to fall down and reveal the weak eye. Also on
either platforms is a small raised area and a switch on them,
get over to them and when Saddler is standing right next to
this area press the switch and some girders will fall down and
give you a chance to shoot Saddler's weak spot. Besides that you
can also find a grenade on one of the corners which you can also
use to instantly bring Saddler down to his knees. Oh joy.
When it comes to hitting the eye I would ask you to use nothing
else but the broken butterfly as its a very powerful gun and you
can easily shoot the eye a couple of times before it finally goes
back inside and Saddler gets up. Besides that like Gigante you
can also climb up on Saddler and use the knife to hit his eye
in a heroic but stupid manner.
After you've cause enough damage to the central eye of Saddler
you will have a small scene where Ada will drop off a rocket
launcher on one of the platforms. Deje vu anyone ?!.
After that scene ends quickly make your way across to where
the rocket launcher was and quickly equip it, dont just think
that the game is over automatically, you have to carefully
take aim with the rocket launcher and fire directly at Saddler
and HIT him, you only get 1 rocket so if you happen to miss it
first hit yourself on the head and then load a previous game
sicne its damn near over once you miss. The rocket will hit
and its game over..
not quiet yet
---------
After you manage to kill Saddler the game still isnt over, you
will have a scene where Ada being the bitch that she is takes
the plagas sample from Leon and jumps into a flying helicopter
whats even more weird is that the wings dont slice her up into
tiny pieces. Anyway, during the scene Ada presses a button and
a timer appears, its 3 minutes but half a minute will be over
before the scene is finished, during which Ada will toss over
a cute teddy bear key to a Jet ski towards Leon and suggest him
to escape from this area.
BEFORE heading back down however take a second or two to find
the money that Saddler drops, its a crap load full and it will
definetly help out during the next play through the game, after
that head back down to where Ashley is, after th reuniting jump
down the ladder and catch the jumping Ashley as well. Afterwards
proceed forward and you will find the Jet ski, use the key and
its time to hit the pedal to the .. er.. water.
The Jet ski part isnt a hard one but it can get really annoying
use the analog controller to control the speed of the jet ski,
all you have to do is to survive the ride and swirve left or
right to dodge the approaching debree, this shouldnt take a
very long time and soon afterwards you should reach the ending
of the game.
After watching the utterly boring ending and wishing that Leon
just left Ashley in the water, see the final transmission that
Leon makes and its game over... THE END !!.
_ _ _
| |_| |_ ___ ___ _ _ __| |
| _| ' \/ -_) / -_) ' \/ _` |
\__|_||_\___| \___|_||_\__,_|
END SECTION.
8.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
_ _ ___ _ _ ____ __ ___(_) |___ _ _
| ' \/ _ \ ' \ (_-< '_ \/ _ \ | / -_) '_|
|_||_\___/_||_| /__/ .__/\___/_|_\___|_|
|_|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4008
COMING SOON.
9.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
_ __ (_)_ _ (_) __ _ __ _ _ __ ___ ___
| ' \| | ' \| | / _` / _` | ' \/ -_|_-<
|_|_|_|_|_||_|_| \__, \__,_|_|_|_\___/__/
|___/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4009
Alright, by now most of the people would know that there are two
unlockable mini games in Resident Evil 4, Assignment Ada where
you get to play as Ada Wong, and the Mercenaries game where you
can play as several characters and unlock several more. To reach
the one that you want to read about here, type in one of the
following codes in the search bar.
Assignment Ada : adare4
Mercenaries : mercre4
Shooting Range : shtrgre4
, /)
_ _ _ _ __ ___ _ __ _/_ _ _(/ _
(_(_/_)_/_)__(_(_/_/ (_// (__(/_/ (_(__ (_(_(_(_(_(_
adare4 .-/
(_/
Assignment Ada is one of the two mini games that you can unlock
once you beat the main game, its a fairly simple game in which
you will be playing with none other as Ada Wong and her quest
to find the five Los Plagas samples, you can say that this one
is actually a fairly big part of the story, just like the 4th
Survivor was the only mini game related to the story before this.
One thing I should tell all you right now is that Ada can take
twice the amount of damage Leon does in a single hit, meaning
that she can die really really quickly if you let her get
attacked continously. Be aware of that.
Mission Objective : Collect the Five Las Plagas samples and make
your way to the check point.
START
When the game starts, head straight down the path and keep going
down it until you come to a fork in the way, ignore the right way
for now and head for the left direction. You will encounter some
resistance from here on, but since ammo can be scarce very quickly
you should try to save it and use as many kicks as possible. Work
fine too.
Since Ada doesn't start with a knife its really hard to save ammo
as her as you have to use bullets for just about everything. On
the left side of the fork continue forward and climb up the ledge
and shoot open the crates and boxes up here to find some items in
here, take all them. Head back to the fork and this time head for
the other direction, on this side continue forward and blow the
crate to find some handgun ammo inside it. From here head inside
the window on the right side and take the ladder up to the second
floor. Up the ladder you will find a first aid spray, take it and
head back down the ladder.
From the ladder, head to the small enclosed area to find some TMP
machine gun ammo, take it. You will probably be attacked by some
more enemies at this time, ignore them for now and head quickly
right now out of the room and take the herb on the left side of
the room. From this place go in the opposite direction and enter
the other room, find some handgun ammo in here and take the ladder
up to the above area, here you can find some rifle ammo.
From this high vintage spot you can take care of any enemies who
are following you through out the room, once the area is clear head
back down and head in the norh eastern direction now, you will see
some stairs here. Find the TMP ammo near the stairs and also search
the surrounding area to find a green herb. Go through the door near
the stairs now, and take the yellow herb from the room here. Head to
the south corner of this area now and take the red herb here. Watch
out for any enemies attacking you.
Take the ladder up here, and head left, there's some crates here, so
destroy them and take whatever is inside, jump the gap to the north
and you will be attacked by some enemies on the ledgy area's, if
your good enough you can save some ammo here by kicking the enemies
off the ledges. From the ledge area head right and you'll find some
items in a small area, take the handgun amm, grenade and the yellow
herb from inside this room. Head back to the path and head north.
Now here, I would first ask you to kill anyone who was behind you or
who you thought we could run away from since this is a sniping area
and you cant have distractions. From the path take cover behind the
box and equip the rifle. First aim at the red barrel on the bridge
in the distance and take it out. Then try and take out the dynamite
villager as quickly as you can, afterwards take out any normal
villager you see from this distance.
When your done here, take the right path heading ingo the open cave
like area, and head inside. Keep going through it and you will find
a red herb at the end of the path. Head back to the bridge area now
and while crossing it, jump down and take the path heading north,
you will have to go through a tunnel now. Whilst going through the
tunnel you can find a green herb and some rifle ammo, and there will
be a ladder on the left to climb. After that you can find an open
vent shaft and in typical RE fashion, you should enter it.
Right from the bat here, head north ignoring all other paths, and
take the stairs down on the north path. Down the stairs go through
the small room on the right to find some needed TMP ammo, there's
a box here too so break it and see. Now head all the way back to
the place where we started this area from and take the south part.
Take the green herb lying next to some barrels on the way and go
left to find a cupboard with some handgun ammo inside. Take it.
Keep going down this path and open the boxes where the path is
turning, take whatever's inside and head to the south path leading
to the autopsy room at the end.
You can spot 2 enemies from where you are and they cant, so equip
the rifle and snipe their heads off. Grab the TMP ammo from the
desk in front of the entrance, now head where the two enemies were
standing and take the yellow herb from the break-able glass. Take
the east door now. You'll see an enemy at the other end of this
hall, you can take him out with the rifle from here if you wish.
After taking the guy out, take the handgun ammo from the bed to
the left and take the first Los Plagas sample from the dead body
laying on the floor. When you try to exit you will be attacked by
three armed enemies so be aware of them and take them out quickly.
Head back to the main area of this place. This time head via the
dor on the west end, in here take the red herb from inside the
cupboard on the other side. There's a cross bow wielding maniac
here too, take him out and check the briefcase behind him to get
some TMP ammo. Take the north door now leading into the freezer.
In here you can find a green herb and another grenade from the
break-able glass on the north end of the room. Also, there's the
second Los Plagas sample to be taken here from the freezer on
the north east corner. Now exit this freezer area.
Back in the previous area, head for the north western door this
time and be aware of the new enemies here. Take these enemies
out and go to the north western door ASAP. Once through it, go
down the hallway taking the handgun ammo at the end of the hall.
Take the door into the next room now, kill any enemies you find
in here and grab the rifle rounds too. From here you should equip
the rifle and try to take out as many enemies on the lower ends
as possible. Since it all helps out for the better.
Once your done shooting, head eastwards. Keep going and you will
find 2 dynamite wielding enemies, get close to them and let them
see you but then quickly head back so their fuses run out before
they can reach Ada, killing them. Take the red herb hiding behind
a crate and exit through the door on the southern corner. Directly
in front of the door is a green herb and some TMP ammo can be taken
from the desk. Now you'll be locked in this room and its time for
some fierce shooting so equip the TMP for quick killings.
Kill any enemies here but be sure to save ammo by using the kick
command more then often, after that is done check the computer
console and you can unlock the door from there, but you will be
attacked by more enemies once that happens. These new enemies may
be too hard to kill with the TMP so take the time when ever you
can to take out the rifle and use that to kill if the TMP isnt
doing the trick for you. Once that is done go through the door
that we just unlocked. Woohoo.
In here, take the path forward and turn left when you can, grab
the yellow herb from near the cupboard then check it to find a
grenade inside it. Head forward now and go near where the cell
is. Take out any enemies in the area and after the area is clear
take the handgun ammo from the table and some TMP ammo near it.
Take them, now go through the case in the corner of the room to
get your third Los Plagas sample. Exit this area once you've got
it and take the path north. Continue north and when you enter a
new area, you will find some enemies in there, take them out any
way you suit and take the TMP ammo from the table next to the
door you entered from. Take the green herb from near the stairs
here.
Head down the stairs and you will see some items laying around in
the area, like a red herb and handgun ammo. There's a door too but
before you can go through it you will be attacked by some new
enemies here, the quickest method to take them out is to use a
grenade so they're damaged a little, then run back up the stairs
and from there use the rifle to take them out safely and
efficiently. One of the enemies will leave a first aid spray on
death, so you should take it and this time go through the door we
were about to before. (you can't go through it when there are
enemies here since its mysteriously locked at that time.).
In this new area you will probably be attacked immediately, so
take out the TMP for close quarter combat and take out any one
you see here. Head for the doors on the lower end and you will
be attacked by two dynamite enemies, try to shoot one from a
distance so that when he explodes he will take out the other
one too. Nifty. Enter the door that they just came out of and
inside you will find some TMP ammo and another yellow herb on
a table. Go through the door on the east side now, in this new
room you will find a green herb and a single enemy. Go a little
to the south and you can shoot at some of the enemies through a
window. Head through the southern path and on your way take the
TMP ammo from a crater on the left side.
Keep going and you will eventually come to a lab area, take the
green herb, red herb and yellow herb from the shelf on the left
side. This should be indication enough that the game isnt that
far from being over now. Afterwards, see the cylinders, break
it to find another Las Plagas sample, four now. After that
break the glass on the right to find more rifle ammo, TMP ammo
and handgun ammo. Take all of it. On the upper corner of the
room you will find some more TMP ammo. Once you've taken all
the items get ready for enemies attacking through windows.
You will be attacked by some more enemies, take them out as best
as you can, after you have cleaned the area, go through the
window they came out yourself now. Once through, see the case on
the western end to find more handgun ammo. After taking it check
the control panel on the right side to open the doors. After
doing that head in the southern direction going through the
attacking enemies. One of them will drop another first aid spray
for the taking. Take it and head for the door on the south side.
Go through it killing any enemies that you might encounter on
your way or through the door. After that go east and you'll be
out of the labs area for good. Continue down the path now, and
pop open any barrels you might find on your way there. Your about
to enter the boss fight so be prepared.
BOSS FIGHT : JACK KRAUSER
-------------------------
This can be a real hard or not that hard fight depending on how
well you have managed to learn the dodging and aiming straight
at a target, the good thing about the battle however is that Jack
isnt that strong of a boss and you can take him out in a little
time if you use the right techniquest. The best method to take
him out is to use the standard TMP on the legs and try to knock
him down or when he's not moving try to throw a grenade at him
so that it takes a good chunk of his health quickly. Now if you
are good enough and manage to knock Jack off his feet then quickly
go a little back and take out the rifle, then start pumping him
full of lead, try to aim above the waist area for the most amount
of damage that you can deal. To avoid his attacks you should keep
your dodging fingers ready also always try to step backwards for
this fight and not turn your back to Jack, that way you can dodge
his attacks even more easily. An easier method to get through this
fight safely is to just walk backwards when fighting him, I mean
no turning around and running, just pressing the down key to walk
a step back at a time, you'll be able to dodge his attacks like
this too.
The fight shouldn't be that hard and Jack will eventually fall down
and die and leave the final Las Plagas sample behind for the taking.
Take it. After that is done and you have all the samples that you
need, take the elevator up and use the control panel there to call
for your backup, and the game is over.
Tip for fighting the final boss
-------------------------------
Here is a small tip on making the final boss in assignment ada a
little easier, thanks to Steve Kostadinovich
When fighting krauser, all you have to do is leave the area equip the
semi-auto rifle, and then go back to it. He'll start all the way
across the bridge from you. Quickly open the scope, shoot him in the
legs, then head as usual. I think it takes three shots to the head to
off him. If you do this quick enough you will not get hit once when
fighting this boss. It makes a somewhat difficult battle very simple
The Rewards : Once you finish this assignment you will be able to
purchase the chicago typewriter gun for the main game
on your next play. Its priced at 1 million peseta's.
END ASSIGNMENT ADA
/) ,
_/_(/ _ ___ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ _ _
(__/ )__(/_ // (__(/_/ (_(___(/_/ (_(_(_/ (__(__(/_/_)_
mercre4
Those who have played Resident Evil 3 might remember the name of
this mini game, in the Mercenaries mini game you took control of
one of the three mercenaries from the UBCS (Umbrella Biohazard
Countermeasure Services) and take them from one end of the field
to the other end killing anything that tries to stop you, and
getting rewarded for the number of enemies you killed along the
way once you reach the end of the mission.
Well dont worry about it being any different since the basic
concept of the game has remained unchanged for all accounts.
You will control one of the 5 characters (you have to unlock
the rest of them besides Leon) and not a lot of ammo to go by
and you will be dropped in the middle of a war zone, with your
primary objective being to kill and survive.
BASIC GAME SYSTEM
-----------------
Now as best as i can tell you guys, the method in which you can
score points in this game is slightly similar to the scoring
system in Dino Crisis 2 if you guys remember it, you will be
given points after each enemy you have killed and if you are
able to kill plenty of enemies in a row within the time that
the score remains on top of the screen and doesnt disappear then
you will get a slight increse in the total which is called as a
combo or *bonus*. When you dont kill any enemy for a little while
the combo meter will start to flash red and when it disappears
it means that you will now have to start from scratch to score
new bonus points, other then that if you want to keep it running
you should kill a enemy as long as it remains.
Another thing to note is that there are several treasures and
bonus time zones in each area that you must find on your own,
the time zones are marked on your navigational map but you
should keep on the look out for boxes which might contain some
more time for you to continue your killing ways.
THE CHARACTERS
--------------
Here is a list of characters for use in the mercenaries mini
game, I just wish they put Ashley in here too :( wonder what
kind of weapon she'd be using and what her action attack be ?!
* Leon S Kennedy
Status : Unlocked, Leon is the only player who is unlocked by
default at the start of mercenaries so you dont have
a lot of choice to go by if this is your first time
playing through the mercenaries game.
Equipment : Leon starts with the following gear.
` Black tail = a strong handgun
` Riot gun = a strong shotgun
` First aid spray = heals to full health
` Handgun ammo = for the black tail
` Shotgun shells = for the riot gun
Notes : Leon is probably the most balanced character and the
one that most players would use in most of the missions, his
equipment is similar to what the player would be using in the
main game so you should be very familiar with his basics by
now. His kicks are still as effective and should be utilized.
* Ada Wong
Status : Locked, Ada Wong can be unlocked once you have done
the village level with a rating of four stars or
higher then that. Ada's worth unlocking just to
SEE her so get her.
Equipment : Ada starts with the following gear.
` Punisher = a very strong weapon
` TMP gun = a fast but weak gun
` Semi auto rifle = a good sniping weapon
` rifle scope = for use with the rifle
` First aid spray = heals to full health
` Handgun ammo = for the punisher
` Rifle rounds = for the semi auto rifle
` Grenade = its an incendiary grenade
` TMP ammo = for the TMP machine gun
Notes : Ada comes with a good semi automatic rifle which you
can use to snipe heads off from a distance, and she also has
an automatic machine gun which can come in handy for when you
are under attack from a group of enemies, but at the same time
her action attack is a bummer. Overall she's a good character.
* Hunk aka Mr. Death
Status : Locked, good old Mr.Death from Resident Evil 2 is back
for another go here, he's probably the only mini game
character to appear multiple times. Hunk can be unlocked
after getting a rating of 4 stars on the island level.
equipment : Hunk starts with the following gear.
` TMP gun = a fast but weak gun
` TMP ammo = for the TMP machine gun
` First aid spray = heals to full health
` Grenades = the normal kind
Notes : Hunk doesn't have an aweful lot of weaponry to go by
but thats not a bad thing because Hunk comes with probably
the best action attack of them all, Hunk does a neck breaking
move which will result in sudden death for the enemies. Also
since he has more grenades then any characters, you can use
them to advantage by throwing at wildly populated area's for
a shit load of points.
* Jack Krauser
Status : Locked, Krauser is available to play in the mini game
as well and he's probably got one of the coolest moves.
He can be unlocked by getting a rating of 4 stars on
the castle map.
Equipment : Krauser starts with the following gear.
` BOW = weapon with good power
` Bow arrows = arrows for the bow
` First aid spray = heals to full health
` Grenades = the flash grenades
Notes : Krauser comes with one of the most useful weapons in the
entire game, his bow has a very good attack power and since the
bow is his only weapon, you'll only get ammo for it so ammo
running out should be the least of your concerns playing as him.
Besides that Krauser's action attack is a very powerful kick,
but thats not all, while playing as him you will notice that
his arm starts going red, when that happens press the X button
and it turns into a blade, then you can use the analog controls
to aim and press the A button to perform instant death attack on
anything that comes in the way.
* Albert Wesker
Status : Locked, possibly the coolest video gaming character
to date is back in Resident Evil 4 but exclusively
for the mercenaries mini game, you can unlock him by
getting a rating of 4 stars in the water world level.
Equipment : Wesker starts with the following gear.
` Handgun = a standard side arm
` Silencer = to be used with hand guns
` Semi auto rifle = a good sniping weapon
` Killer 7 = a very strong gun
` First aid spray = heals to full health
` Grenades = the normal kind
` Grenades = the flash grenades
` Grenade = its an incendiary grenade
Notes : Its just an incredible experience playing as Wesker
as he is probably the most loved Resident Evil character to
date, besides that in this game Wesker has a very nifty tool
for his handgun, a silencer, with it you can take out enemies
silently and maintain your stealth, comes in really handy.
Besides that he also has the uber awesome Killer 7 gun and a
very useful semi auto rifle as well. He also comes with all
three kinds of grenades, the ideal person for when you want
to score big. Wekser.
THE PLAYING FIELDS
------------------
Since there is no real concept to the game other then going
through fixed area's and shooting the crap out of everything
that comes in your way, there won't have to be any detailed
guides for the mercenaries, but what I can give you is list
the levels and tell you in brief paragraphs what kind of
resistance you can expect from that level. One more thing
you should know is that each level has one extremely hard
enemy unique to it, sort of like the sub bosses of that
level, so be aware of them, but do try to kill them since
they will also give you more then ordinary points as well.
* THE ISLAND
This is probably the easiest level in the mercenaries game and
in this one you will mostly only encounter small groups of
villagers at a time, for the smaller groups you should stick
to your basic handgun weapons, but when the groups start to
get bigger, you should change your weapons as well. Try to use
action attacks when ever you are left with only one enemy in
front of you. Grenades work good too. The unique enemy for this
level are the gunners so you should take them out quickly (not
like you have a choice anyway loL) to get some much appreciated
points. At some points in this level you will see red barrels
which explode on shooting at them so use those for your
advantage and you can get enough points to get a high rating
on this level.
This level lets you unlock Hunk if you manage to get a four
star rating.
* THE VILLAGE
This level starts at slow pace for a little while but when
your further into it sometimes the place can get a little too
crowded with villagers trying to kill your character. For
this weapon your better off using someone with an automatic
weapon like Hunk or Ada since they can thin down the crowds
a lot quicker, the unique enemies to this level are three
chainsaw wielding mad women. Yes chainsaw women. You should
try to kill them from a distance using only grenades because
just like their male counter parts they're a real nuisance.
If you want time bonuses there's one that gives you 1:30
minutes in one of the houses. Like the island there's some
red barrels too which you can use for high points. If your
getting attacked from all sides then try to back yourself
into any corner to make shooting easy and not be worried
about back attacks.
This level lets you unlock Ada Wong if you manage to get a four
star rating.
* THE CASTLE
For some ghastly reason this place reminds me of Luis, also
makes me wonder why he wasn't a character in mercenaries.
I would highly recommend using any character who comes with
the semi automatic rifle for this level, namely either Ada
or Wesker, since in the starting parts of this level you will
be easily able to snipe enemies from a distance. Besides that
the enemy numbers can easily reach mind boggeling in a matter
of seconds and you'll easily get trapped in them. The unique
enemies for this level are the blind enemies that you meet in
the prison in the main game. Dont let it hear you and try to
shoot at the parasite on his back for killing him, the rifle
weapon can kill it in one shot thats why anyone with rifles
is highly recommended in this level. In the later stages of
the level the rifle will become obsolete since the crowds
will be too big for you to give time for aiming steadily. At
that time automatic or powerful handguns are recommended.
This level lets you unlock Krauser if you manage to get a four
star rating.
* WATER WORLD
This is no doubt the hardest level in the mercenaries game
and it packs quiet a few surprises for the player, first I
would recommend none other then Wesker (which is weird since
you originally unlock him in this level) or Jack Krauser for
this level just because its meant for some one like them.
Secondly, this level itself, and many of the things in it
are unique to the entire game meaning you wouldnt have
seen these unique things while playing the main game unlike
the other levels. The unique monster for this level are two
extra ordinary chainsaw men who are way bigger and harder to
kill then any normal chainsaw people. The normal enemies in
this level are no piece of cake either, they come from any
where between dynamite equipped suicidal people to rocket
launcher equipped bastards. Worst of all most of them are
armored meaning no easy killings. The game compensates for
this by giving you a lot of explosive barrels through out
the level meaning you can use them to your advantage to
make your life a little easier. Krauser's blade hand trick
works best in this level as it can kill just about anything
including the big chainsaw people in a single hit.
This level lets you unlock Wesker if you manage to get a four
star rating.
UNLOCKING THE HANDCANNON
------------------------
One thing that the mercenaries mini game does for your main
game is allows you to unlock possibly the best weapon in
the main game, the hand cannon is an infinite magnum like
weapon with superb attack power. The only method of unlocking
this bastard of a gun is by finishing all the levels with
all the characters and getting a five star rating in each
game, meaning you will have to play the fricking hell out
of the mercenaries in order to unlock the hand cannon.
END MERCENARIES MINI GAME
/) ,
_ (/ _______/_ __ _ __ _ __ _ _
/_)_/ )_(_)(_) (___(_/ (_(_/_ / (_(_(_/ (_(_/__(/_
shtrgre4 .-/ .-/
(_/ (_/
COMING SOON.
END SECTION.
10.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _ _ _
(_) |_ ___ _ __ | (_)__| |_
| | _/ -_) ' \ | | (_-< _|
|_|\__\___|_|_|_| |_|_/__/\__|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4010
ITEM LIST
Here is a list of all the important items that you can find in the
game listed in alphabetical order. From A to Z for the dorks lol.
Note : I have not included the treasure items in this menu because
they're just so many of them, and this is just an item's listing.
BLACK BASS
Found : Anywhere where you can find water, try to look for these.
The Black Bass restore your health a little bit, like the herbs.
BLACK BASS LARGE
Found : Anywhere where you can find water, try to look for these.
Just the same as Bass, but larger and they restore full health.
BLACK TAIL
Found : Can be purchased from the merchants at 24,000 $$ price.
This is nothing more then a stronger version of a normal handgun.
BROWN CHICKEN EGG
Found : Initially can be found inside the village chief's house
Like the black bass, these will restore a small chunk of health.
BROKEN BUTTERFLY
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
A magnum style gun with all the power and killing fun of it.
CAMP KEY
Found : You will find this after killing one of the chainsaw women.
This key is used to open the central door in the camp area.
CASTLE GATE KEY
Found : Inside a treasure chest after doing the sword puzzle thing.
This key will open the main castle door allowing you access inside.
CHICKEN EGG
Found : Anywhere you can find chickens, stand by for a little while.
Like the black bass, these will restore a little chunk of health.
COMBAT KNIFE
Found : Leon starts off with it, its his most favorite secondary weapon
The combat knife can be used as a last resort or for saving ammo too.
DYNAMITE
Found : On one of the trolleys in the mine area later into the game.
The dynamite has just one function, destroy anything it sets eyes on.
EMBLEM LEFT HALF
Found : This can be found in the valley sort of area with the village.
The left half of the emblem is to be combined with the right half of it.
EMBLEM RIGHT HALF
Found : This can be found in the valley sort of area with the village.
The right half of the emblem is to be combined with the left half of it.
EMERGENCY LOCK CARD KEY
Found : You'll find this on a dead villager after the island assault.
This card key is used on one of the panels in the area.
FALSE EYE
Found : Found after winning the Bitores Mendez boss fight, with pesetas.
The false eye is actually a key item used to open the door to the exit.
FIRST AID SPRAY
Found : You can find these babies on more then one location during RE4.
These awesome things can restore your health completely, save for bosses.
FLASH GRENADES
Found : You can find these babies on more then one location during RE4.
Use the flash of the grenade to temporary blind any opponents effected.
FREEZER CARD KEY
Found : Inside the hand of a dead body in the autopsy room with memo.
Use this card key not long afterwards to open a set of double doors.
GALLERY KEY
Found : You can find this after defeating the red guy in the castle.
Use this key to open the doors leading into the gallery room.
GOAT ORNAMENT
Found : It can be found inside the castle gallery area with 2 enemies.
Use the goat ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
GOLD CHICKEN EGG
Found : Found around some chickens or after shooting barrel snakes.
These awesome things can restore your health completely, save for bosses.
GOLDEN SWORD
Found : Found on the panels in the upper parts of the barracks.
Interchange the positions of the golden sword and the platinum sword.
GREEN HERB
Found : You can find these green herbs on various locations in RE4.
They will restore a small but totally manageable portion of health.
HAND GRENADE
Found : You can find these hand grenades on various locations in RE4.
Standard explosive grenades, explode after a few seconds of throwing.
HANDGUN
Found : Leon starts off with it, its his most used primary weapon.
Standard 9mm handgun, can be used as long as your a good shot with it.
HANDGUN AMMO
Found : You can find these handgun ammo on various locations in RE4.
Standard 9mm rounds used with most handguns, just load and start 'poppin.
HEXAGONAL EMBLEM
Found : This is what you get for combining the two emblem pieces together.
The emblem can be used to open the gate at the top of the path
INCENDIARY GRENADE
Found : You can find these type ofgrenades on various locations in RE4.
These are high powered grenades which come with an added flame effect.
INFRA RED SCOPE
Found : Inside a freezer later on in the island area of the game.
This can be used as an attachment for the rifle for some true sniping.
INSIGNIA KEY
Found : You find this inside a treasure chest in Bitoris Mendez's house.
Use this key to open the doors leading into a building not long after.
JET SKI KEY
Found : Only after defeating the final boss of the game, as a gift.
The name of the key tells what its function is so i won't elaborate.
KEY TO THE MINES
Found : On the upper part of a pedastal in the chapter 4-3.
Used to open a locked door not so far from where you find it.
KILLER 7
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
This is probably the most expensive standard gun in the game, but worthy.
KING's GRAIL
Found : Inside the armory of the castle, at the far end of it really.
Use it alongside with the queen's grail a little later into the game.
LION's ORNAMENT
Found : Found inside a treasure chest not long after starting 4-1.
Use the goat ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
MAGNUM AMMO
Found : You can find these magnum ammo on various locations in RE4.
Standard rounds used with most magnums, just load and start 'poppin.
MOON STONE LEFT HALF
Found : This can be found after examining the fountain in chapter 3-2.
Combine it with the other half of the moon stone to get a full one.
MOON STONE RIGHT HALF
Found : This can be found after examining the fountain in chapter 3-2.
Combine it with the other half of the moon stone to get a full one.
MOON STONE
Found : This is what you get after combining the two moon stones.
Use it to open the door which leads to the ending of chapter 3-2.
OLD KEY
Found : Found inside a cabin when taking the right path in "Two routes".
This key is used to open the door leading from the back side of the cabin.
HOLY BEAST EAGLE PIECE
Found : Right before you have the Krauser fight, on the walkway.
Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
HOLY BEAST PANTHER PIECE
Found : Found after going through the spiral stairs, before Krauser figth.
Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
HOLY BEAST SERPENT PIECE
Found : Found after defeating Krauser in the boss fight with him.
Use it with the other holy beast pieces to reveal a door shortly.
PLATINUM SWORD
Found : Found on the panels in the lower parts of the barracks.
Interchange the positions of the golden sword and the platinum sword.
PRISON KEY
Found : Can be found after exmanining the paintings besides statues
This key is used to gain access to the underground prison area.
PUNISHER
Found : The Punisher can be found after shooting all the medallions.
One of the most powerful small arm in the entire game, sweet.
QUEEN's GRAIL
Found : Inside a treasure chest along side the elegent chessboard.
Use it alongside with the king's grail a little later into the game.
RED 9
Found : The RED9 can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
This is the same as the weapon that Luis carries through out the game
RED HERBS
Found : You can find these red herbs on various locations in RE4.
Not useable on their own but mix with the green herbs to boost effect.
RIFLE
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
The rifle is your starting sniper weapon, paired with a scope its awesome.
RIOT GUN
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
The Riot gun is just a stronger and better version of your shotgun.
RIFLE AMMO
Found : You can find these rifle ammunition on various locations in RE4.
The ammo can be used with any rifle weapon you find in the game.
ROCKET LAUNCHER
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
The weapon which ends it all, isnt really that expensive.
ROUND INSIGNIA
Found : You will find this after the waterfall area of the village.
This insignia can be used to open the doors of the church .
SALAZAR FAMILY INSIGNIA
Found : You can find this only when playing as Ashley, fireplace.
This insignia can be used in the armor passageway to continue
SCOPES
Found : You can buy the scopes from any weapon selling merchant in RE4.
There are different kinds of scopes you can purchase for your weapons.
SEMI AUTOMATIC RIFLE
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
An improved version of the normal rifle, no reloading after each shot.
SERPENT ORNAMENT
Found : Can only be obtained after obtaining the salazar family insignia.
Use the serpent ornament with the other ornaments in the grand hall.
SHOTGUN
Found : Not long after starting the game, found on the decoration rack.
Probably the most useful weapon in the entire game, dont forget it !.
SHOTGUN SHELLS
Found : You can find these shotgun shells on various locations in RE4.
For use with any kind of shotgun that you may find during the game.
STRIKER
Found : This gun can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
The Striker is another variation of your shotgun, another good one
STOCKS
Found : You can buy the stocks from any weapon selling merchant in RE4.
There are different kinds of stocks you can purchase for your weapons.
STONE OF SACRIFICE
Found : You can find this not long after doing the mine cart thingy.
Used to open a door not long after you find the thing in the first place.
STONE TABLET
Found : Playing as Ashley, check the item on top of the fire place.
Use it after doing the puzzle after finding the spinel to open the door.
STORAGE ROOM CARDKEY
Found : Found after defeating the Iron maiden enemy in the research lab.
Use it to open the cell door where Ashley was trapped, and thats it.
TMP MACHINE GUN
Found : The TMP can be purchased from the weapon selling merchants in RE4.
A pistol machine gun which uses custom made 9mm rounds at very fast pace.
TMP AMMO
Found : You can find these TMP ammo on various locations in RE4.
Custom made 9mm ammo for the TMP use only, very fast but not that strong.
YELLOW HERB
Found : You can find these yellow herbs on various locations in RE4.
Uneffective on its own but mix it with green herbs to raise max health.
END SECTION
11.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_
___ _ _ ___ _ __ (_)___ ___
/ -_) ' \/ -_) ' \| / -_|_-<
\___|_||_\___|_|_|_|_\___/__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4011
Here are the enemies that you encounter during the course of the
game, with information about them I have also put down the best
methods to take them out. The boss descriptions and strategies
are in a totally separate section for spoilers sake .
VIlLAGERS
=========
The former inhabitants of the peaceful village who were just like
any normal man, until they were infected by the Las Plagas plague.
Now they are crazed maniacs who dont know anything else but to
cause mayhem and try to kill Leon. The plague has turned these poor
stale villagers into almost mindless slaves who feel no pain and no
remorse. They are far stronger then any normal human because they
can take more pain then any normal person. They can take a few
bullets before they finally die. Sometimes even straight shots to
the head isnt enough to get rid of them quickly.
But thats not the bad part, the villagers are smart enough to use
weapons when they are attacking, these weapons can range anywhere
from pitch forks, to something like a dynamite. If they're unarmed
then all they want to do is strangle Leon and kill him. Later parts
of the game change the villagers completely, if you are able to blow
their heads off, huge tentacles will come out of their throats and
start attacking you. Then you must focus your fire power on them.
The best method when taking on the villagers is to fire them on the
head once with a handgun so they fall down to their knees, then run
up to them and kick them so they fall down on the floor, where they
are practically helpless for a little period of time, until they are
up you can easily slash them to death with Leon's handy combat knife.
CHAINSAW VILLAGERS
==================
These are just like the normal villagers, but they're just about
double dangerous and can kill you in half the time a normal one
will. The biggest difference is the huge chainsaw that they are
carrying around with them. The chainsaw can drain Leon's health
like a waterfall. You should kill them as soon as you spot them.
The best thing you need to do when your facing them is to use a
shotgun and blast their knees off and keep shooting when they're
on the ground, firing at them with the regular handgun is just
about useless since those bullets do nothing. Fighting with the
knife is also useless since you DONT wanna get in close combat
with these buggers. They can kill you in seconds, just fight them
from a distance. Fortunately there aren't many of them in the
game and thats a good thing.
MONKS
=====
Just like all Resident Evil games where the normal zombies were
replaced by stronger enemies later, thats the case here, these
Monks will replace villagers later on in the game, and they're
about as hard as they can get. Like the villagers they use some
weapons from scythes to cross bows. The best method to take on
them is the same as the villagers, shoot them on the head and
then kick, and then slash them when they're on the ground. But
very rarely some one might be wearing a metal face cover plate
in which case you should immediately take out the shotgun and
use it to kill them immediately.
Just like the villagers, the monks have Las Plagas inside them
as well and they come out of the throat when you shoot their
heads off, but with the monks sometimes even when you havent
even shot the monk, the Las Plagas will sprout out and attack
your character, their Las Plagas are very dangerous compared
to the villagers and can kill instantly. If you face them then
try to keep a good distance when firing. No close quarter combat.
COMMANDO
========
Much later into the game you will come across some commando's
as well, but they have already been turned by the Las Plagas
and your left to deal with the threat. The worst thing about
them is that they're very heavily armored, from bullet proof
vests to helmets meaning you cant do head shots on them too.
The best thing to do when facing them is to use the shotgun
and try to aim for their face area, hitting them anywhere
else will mostly result in you wasting your ammo.
They also carry tons of weapons which range from guns and
crossbows to meelee weapons, keep a distance and try to
blind side them when fighting.
COLMILLO's
==========
These are wolf "like" creatures who are your standard replacement
for the cerebrus dogs from the previous RE games. Most of the
time when you face them they will be in packs and will annoy
you to hell. The best bid when fighting them is to use the
shotgun and try to cut down the pack from a distance, shotguns
are the best weapon even in close quarters. Kill them quickly.
NOVISTADOR
==========
These are partially invisible insect like things that you face
later in the game, they can fly a little bit and kick and slash
Leon to drain his health very quickly, the best thing to use
when fighting them is a shotgun and you should try to shoot
them straight out of the air. Don't let them get close to you.
ARMADURA
========
Like the name says, arma means suits of armors, and dura means
that these bastards are dureable as hell. Later parts of the
games will have you go through big hallways which are lined
with suits of armors, some of which have hidden Las Plagas
inside them. The Las Plagas inside them have mutated enough
that they can control the suit of armor and use it to kill.
The only thing you can do when fighting them is to try and
knock their helmet parts out since the rest of the body is
pretty much impervious to anything, when the helmet is out
you will see the plagas inside it and thats your target from
there on. Kill the plagas inside with accurate shots and its
game over for them.
GARRADOR
========
Do you guys remember the clawed thing from half life, this is
not the same but the basic concept of this thing is exactly
as same as that. These are totally blind and cannot see Leon.
The only way they attack you is by hearing Leon's footsteps or
the noise of his gun, so you should know that running around
them or shooting near them will only result in pain for Leon.
The best thing to do against them is to walk so that they don't
spot you as quickly, and when ever you are facing its back, shoot
the mass on its back since that is the only vulnerable spot in
the entire body, be aware that once you shoot it, it will know
where you are and will definetly attack. Dodge and live.
REGENERATOR
===========
Now this is what im talking about, the real challenging enemy.
These monsters are extremely hard to kill but besides that
they also have the uber-annoying ability to regenerate their
lost limbs, right down to their heads. Thats really annoying.
They can also turn invisible at times which makes it that
harder to find them and do any sort of damage. Fighting them
is the hardest thing you can imagine.
The only method to kill them is by using something infrared.
When you have find the infra red scope attachment for the
rifle, aim at their body with the scope and you should be
able to see the squirming Las Plagas inside their body.
Thats your primary target, try to take out the Las Plagas
with the rifle, once the Las Plagas is dead, use standard
weaponry to take out the rest of the creature. Fun fun fun.
IRON MAIDEN
===========
What do you get when you take a regenerator and make it a
little more harder, and add spikes to it. You get the iron
maiden. Every bit as dangerous as the regenerator counter
parts, but a little more violent. The methods of taking them
out are exactly the same as above.
The bad things about them are the spikes, because if you
happen to get within close range of them, they will pick
your character up and impale him/her with the spikes
causing a drainage of huge amounts of health, so always
keep a good distance from them.
END SECTION.
12.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
__ __ _____ __ _ _ __ ___ _ _ ___
\ V V / -_) _` | '_ \/ _ \ ' \(_-<
\_/\_/\___\__,_| .__/\___/_||_/__/
|_|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4012
This is a first in a Resident Evil games, you will have to buy
most of the guns from the mysterious merchants that you can find
in a few spots in the game, the weapons here are listed in no
particular order. I've also put the price of a weapon with its
name.
Note : $$ signs means local currency, dont just confuse it with
American dollars.
Note 2 : Weapon stats are borrowed from GameSpot, i hope you
guys dont mind :-)
COMBAT KNIFE
============
Price : You start with it.
One of the most useful but under rated weapons in the entire game
you can use this baby to fight off from villagers to the much
harder Monks, if you are able to beat the chainsaw villagers as
well them im yours to command. The combat knife is most effective
and best used when your enemy is stunned or on the ground, aim
for the head area to deal the most amounts of damage. Overall its
a very good weapon, and since you can use it side by side without
having to change your weapons from the inventory menu, that makes
for even more fast paced action and frantic slashing. Just look at
how well Jack and Leon handle their knives in that single awesome
cut scene where they "knife it out".
SMALL SIDE ARMS
===============
HANDGUN
=======
Price : You start with it. or 8000 $$
Probably the weapon you'll be mostly using in the first quarter
or so of the game, the handgun has tons of ammo flying around the
village and should be used more often then anything else, for the
standard villagers and even for the monks, handguns are the best
thing to use. But make sure that you hit the enemies in sweet spots
so they either fall down or get on their knees, giving you the
opertunity to fire away till they are dead or use the knife or to
just even kick your enemies to the ground. I would advice you to
keep using the handgun as your primary weapon until you get some
more powerful kinds of handguns later into the game.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 1.0 Rank: 1 0.47
Rank: 2 1.2 Rank: 2 0.40
Rank: 3 1.4 Rank: 3 0.33
Rank: 4 1.6
Rank: 5 1.8
Rank: 6 2.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.73 Rank: 1 10
Rank: 2 1.47 Rank: 2 13
Rank: 3 0.87 Rank: 3 16
Rank: 4 19
Rank: 5 22
Rank: 6 25
RED 9
=====
Price : 14,000 $$
This is just about the same thing as Leon's standard handgun is
but its slightly more stronger, the one thing you should know is
that this is the same gun as Luis carries through out the game,
use the extra power to your advantage and use head shots on any
enemies you come face to face with these enemies. If your a good
shot then you can even take out the villager's knee caps with
this cool gun.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 1.4 Rank: 1 0.53
Rank: 2 1.7 Rank: 2 0.47
Rank: 3 2.0 Rank: 3 0.40
Rank: 4 2.4
Rank: 5 2.8
Rank: 6 3.5
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 2.37 Rank: 1 8
Rank: 2 2.20 Rank: 2 10
Rank: 3 1.67 Rank: 3 12
Rank: 4 15
Rank: 5 18
PUNISHER
========
Price : Not bought, its won. or around 20,000 $$
First time play through gamers would probably miss out on this
gun, you can get this for free once you've shot down all of the
fifteen medallions you see in the game, you first read about
them at the farm area before meeting Luis. Anyway, this gun
pack a sh** load of power, and is very useful against human
enemies. The best thing is that it can shoot through two people
at a time if they are standing too close to each other. Sweet.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 0.9 Rank: 1 0.47
Rank: 2 1.1 Rank: 2 0.40
Rank: 3 1.3 Rank: 3 0.33
Rank: 4 1.5
Rank: 5 1.7
Rank: 6 1.9
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.70 Rank: 1 10
Rank: 2 1.47 Rank: 2 13
Rank: 3 0.83 Rank: 3 16
Rank: 4 20
Rank: 5 24
Rank: 6 28
BLACK TAIL
==========
Price : 24,000 $$
This is not really a useful weapon, down to the basics this
is just a slightly stronger version of the handgun Leon has.
I would avoid this most of the times, since the red 9 is so
much more cooler then this gun. Avoid. Buy a red 9 instead.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 1.6 Rank: 1 0.47
Rank: 2 1.8 Rank: 2 0.40
Rank: 3 2.0 Rank: 3 0.27
Rank: 4 2.3
Rank: 5 2.7
Rank: 6 3.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.70 Rank: 1 15
Rank: 2 1.47 Rank: 2 18
Rank: 3 0.83 Rank: 3 21
Rank: 4 25
Rank: 5 30
Rank: 6 35
THE MATILDA
===========
Price : Unlocked only after finishing game.
The Matilda is one of the weapons that you unlock only after
finishing the game once, now when you use the next game save
data to start the new game you will be able to purchase one
from any local merchant that you find, the matilda is in easy
words a rapid firing handgun, it fires rounds three in a row
similar to Leon's RE2 handgun upgrade, but you can manually
make it fire one at a time by quickly tapping the fire button.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 1.0 Rank: 1 0.47
Rank: 2 1.2
Rank: 3 1.4
Rank: 4 1.6
Rank: 5 1.8
Rank: 6 2.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.73 Rank: 1 15
Rank: 2 1.47 Rank: 2 18
Rank: 3 0.87 Rank: 3 21
Rank: 4 24
Rank: 5 27
Rank: 6 30
THE USEFUL SHOTGUNS
===================
SHOTGUN
=======
Price : Found in beginning of game, or 20,000 $$
Now you dont expect there to be a Resident Evil game and NOT
have a shotgun in it, do you !? Capcom have done one thing
old school and thats a shotgun. Just like the previous games
this is probably the most useful weapons in the game and can
be used on just about any enemy in the game as well. You can
use the shotgun to blow the villagers heads off and paint the
town in Red, you can also use it to blow their limbs off to
make slashing a little more easier. Dont forget that this is
probably the only weapon which can stop the chainsaw villagers
in their tracks, use ONLY this when fighting them.
You can initially find the shotgun at the start of the game,
in that house that Leon barricades himself into, go to its
second floor and find the shotgun on a rack. Don't worry for
traps, this isnt RE1 for gods sake lol.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 4.0 Rank: 1 1.53
Rank: 2 4.5
Rank: 3 5.0
Rank: 4 6.0
Rank: 5 7.0
Rank: 6 8.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 3.03 Rank: 1 6
Rank: 2 2.43 Rank: 2 8
Rank: 3 1.50 Rank: 3 10
Rank: 4 12
Rank: 5 15
Rank: 6 18
RIOT GUN
========
Price : 32,000 $$
Just about everything in this gun is the same as a shotgun
but it has a faster rate of fire, a stronger shot power and
the ability to upgrade it into an even better weapon later
on in the game, one of the best weapons when you just want
to stomp a mud hole in your opponents or just want to have
some fun. The weapon which can stop just about anything in
their tracks and make them think twice.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 5.0 Rank: 1 1.53
Rank: 2 5.5
Rank: 3 6.0
Rank: 4 6.5
Rank: 5 7.0
Rank: 6 8.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 3.30 Rank: 1 7
Rank: 2 2.43 Rank: 2 9
Rank: 3 1.50 Rank: 3 11
Rank: 4 13
Rank: 5 15
Rank: 6 17
STRIKER
=======
Price : 43,000 $$
Another improved version of the shotgun, this one though as
not powerful as a riot gun is, but it still has its own set
of perks like a much larger ammo clip and a even faster shot
speed ratio. Which means that you can clear rooms in very
short periods of time when you've got this equipped as your
weapon. A very good gun but i still prefer the riot gun.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 5x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 6.0 Rank: 1 0.73
Rank: 2 7.0
Rank: 3 8.0
Rank: 4 9.0
Rank: 5 10.0
Rank: 6 12.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 3.00 Rank: 1 12
Rank: 2 2.4 Rank: 2 14
Rank: 3 1.5 Rank: 3 16
Rank: 4 20
Rank: 5 24
Rank: 6 28
THE POWERFUL MAGNUMS
====================
BROKEN BUTTERFLY
================
Price : 38,000 $$
One of the most powerful guns in real life, this is the
substitute for the normal resident evil game's magnums.
Every bit as powerful and with the ability to blow heads
off with single shots, a recommended purchase for the
later parts of the game.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 13.0 Rank: 1 0.70
Rank: 2 15.0 no further
Rank: 3 17.0 upgrades.
Rank: 4 20.0
Rank: 5 24.0
Rank: 6 28.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 3.67 Rank: 1 6
Rank: 2 3.00 Rank: 2 8
Rank: 3 2.33 Rank: 3 10
Rank: 4 12
KILLER 7
========
Price : 77,700 $$
Yes, I know what your thinking, Killer 7 is the name of
a Capcom game, cheap advertising at its best, but thats
not all, this is probably THE best gun in the entire game,
its probably the most expensive gun in the entire game as
well but what the hell. Will kill most normal enemies in
a single shot, simply put this gun does the most damage
in gun categories.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 4x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 25.0 Rank: 1 0.70
Rank: 2 30.0
Rank: 3 35.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.83 Rank: 1 7
Rank: 2 1.53 Rank: 2 10
Rank: 3 0.93 Rank: 3 14
THE SNEAKY RIFLES
=================
SPRINGFIELD SNIPER RIFLE
========================
Price : 12,000
The first sniper rifle you can purchase in the game after
you meet the first merchant, this is one of the most used
guns from the world was 2. Anyone who has played the Medal
of Honor games would know how this gun works, slow firing
rate and must be reloaded after each shot, but since its
meant to be used as a sniper rifle thats perfectly fine.
The weapon really shines if you get the scope attachment
for it as well, snipe off villager's heads from a distance
and clear the paths your going to go to before you actually
do. Makes life a whole lot easier.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 9x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 4.0 Rank: 1 0.67
Rank: 2 5.0
Rank: 3 6.0
Rank: 4 8.0
Rank: 5 10.0
Rank: 6 12.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 4.00 Rank: 1 5
Rank: 2 3.23 Rank: 2 7
Rank: 3 2.33 Rank: 3 9
Rank: 4 12
Rank: 5 15
Rank: 6 18
SEMI-AUTO SNIPER RIFLE
======================
Price : 35,000 $$
Just about exactly the same thing as the springfield sniper
rifle, but the good thing is that you dont have to reload
between each shot, meaning now you can snipe heads without
waiting for a second or two to reload. Buy.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 7x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 7.0 Rank: 1 1.43
Rank: 2 8.0
Rank: 3 9.0
Rank: 4 11.0
Rank: 5 13.0
Rank: 6 15.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 2.33 Rank: 1 10
Rank: 2 1.90 Rank: 2 12
Rank: 3 1.33 Rank: 3 14
Rank: 4 17
Rank: 5 20
Rank: 6 24
THE MISC. WEAPONS
=================
TMP MACHINE GUN
===============
Price : 15,000 $$
Those who have played Code Veronica will be well aware of
the concept of using a Sub machine gun, well that concept
can be applied here as well, since this is practically the
same sub machine gun, meant to be used on a group of enemies
who are charging towards you at the same time, though the
fire power is very minor, you will find this weapon is a
good stopping tool and will stop most villagers or human
enemies in their tracks. Here's a little tip for you, buy
the stock upgrade for this and you will notice that the
aiming improves drastically, making fast paced shooting easy.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 3x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 0.4 Rank: 1 0.10
Rank: 2 0.5
Rank: 3 0.6
Rank: 4 0.8
Rank: 5 1.0
Rank: 6 1.2
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 2.37 Rank: 1 30
Rank: 2 1.93 Rank: 2 50
Rank: 3 1.17 Rank: 3 100
Rank: 4 150
Rank: 5 200
Rank: 6 250
THE MINE LAUNCHER
=================
The mine thrower is some what of a double edged sword when
it comes to a weapon, though its a useful weapon it has its
own set of flaws too, the first bad thing is that after you
fire a mine you have to wait a couple of seconds before it
explodes, and if the enemy gets close to you in that time
you will be damaged as well, but that also helps that you
can take out a group of enemies thanks to the explosive
blast radius. The worst thing however is the total lack of
ammo for this gun during the main game, you'll hardly find it.
Note that the fire power stat for the mine thrower is actually
the blast radius from an explosion, the actual power does NOT
increase itself.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 5x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 2.0 Rank: 1 1.33
Rank: 2 4.0
Rank: 3 6.0
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 3.43 Rank: 1 5
Rank: 2 2.57 Rank: 2 7
Rank: 3 10
ROCKET LAUNCHER
===============
Price : 30,000
Yes, just like the shotgun it couldn't possible be a resi
game if you dont have a game ending weapon such as the one
rocket launcher in this game, the obvious thing is to save
it for the boss battles, but often times when your ambushed
by large number of villagers or monks later on in the game
dont hesitate to clear the crowds with this weapon, a must
purchase and a powerful one at that.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: 8x2
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 FULL Rank: 1 FULL
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 FULL Rank: 1 FULL
CHICAGO TYPEWRITER
==================
The only unlockable thing you get after finishing the ada
assignment mini game is the chicago typewriter, its more
like the tommy gun from the classic american movies, the
good thing is that it comes with infinite ammo, the bad
thing is that you must pay 1,000,000 peseta's in order to
purchase the god damn thing, but once purchased it will
make the rest of the game a piece of cake for you.
STATS
Inventory Spaces Required: ?x?
Firepower Firing Speed
Rank: 1 10.0 Rank: 1 0.10
Reload Speed Capacity
Rank: 1 1.63 Rank: 1 unlimited.
GRENADES
========
For those not familiar, there were grenades in the RE 1.5
version of Resident Evil 2, so its just fair that Leon should
get to toss some grenades in this game, after Resident Evil 0
did the concept so well, capcom have added throwing grenades
in this game as well, you can find three kinds of grenades in
this game, explosive hand grenades which are quiet standard.
Flash grenades, which flash, err and kill, and the last and
most powerful kind, incendiary grenades, with added burn side
effect. Beware of the incendiary grenades though as the damage
they do is scattered.
HARPOON
=======
Harpoons are another "First timer" in Resident Evil history
but here they're in the game for a very good reason, later
on in the game Leon will have to cross a lake and the lake's
occupants dont want Leon to do so, and then Leon must use
these harpoons to fend off the monsters, really cool one's.
END SECTION.
13.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _
_ __ ___ _ __ ___ | (_)__| |_
| ' \/ -_) ' \/ _ \ | | (_-< _|
|_|_|_\___|_|_|_\___/ |_|_/__/\__|
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4013
Here are all the files in the game listed in the order that you come
across them, read them for some revelaing story events if you haven't
finished the game yet.
PLAYING MANUAL 1
================
1. Shooting = Hold down the R button then use the control stick to aim
the laser sight.
2. Combat Knife = Press and hold the L button to ready your knife and
press the A button to swing the weapon.
3. Action Button = You'll be able to perform various actions by pressing
the appropriate button that appears on the screen.
INFO ON ASHLEY
==============
Name = Ashley Graham
Age = 20
Daughter of the President of United States.
She was kidnapped by an unidentified group while on her way home from her
university. The kidnappers motive's are still unknown. Although there's
reliable information that the perpetrator is an insider. Only a handful
of people know about this kidnapping. Its been kept under the wraps
mostly due to the fact that we cant determine who the traitor is.
The guy's in intelligence say that they have reliable information that
Ashley's been sighted somewhere in Europe. But until we find out who
the insider is, I dont want to believe. It could be a ploy. We have
very few leads as to the where abouts of Ashley. But members of the
secret service and anyone related to Ashley are being questioned by
an investigative team.
Even active agents are being investigated for some information. Its
just a matter before the kidnapper is exposed.
PLAYING MANUAL 2
================
1. Reloading = Press the B button while holding down the firearm to
reload your weapon.
2. Kicks = Approaching enemies that are either stunned or on their
knees will allow Leon to perform kicks as prompted by
the action button.
3. Changing Inventory Screens = Use the L R buttons to switch back
and forth between the weapon/recovery
and the keys/treasure screens.
ALERT ORDER
===========
Recently there has been information that a United States government
agent is here investigating the village. Do not let this American
agent get in contact with the prisoner. For those of you not yet
informed, the prisoner is being held in an old house beyond the
farm. We will transfer the prisoner to a more secure location in
the valley when we are ready. The prisoner is to stay here until
further notice. Meanwhile do not let the American agent near the
prisoner.
We do not know how the American government found out about our
village. But we are investigating. I sense a third party other
then the United States government involved here. My fellow men
stay alert.
- Chief, Bitores Mendez.
ABOUT THE BLUE MADELLIONs
=========================
15 Blue Medallions.
7 in the farm.. 8 in the cemetery.
For those of you who destroy more then 10 medallions, you will be
awarded. (The rest is illegible).
CHIEF's NOTE
============
As instructed by Lord Saddler, I have the agent in confinement, alive.
Why keep him alive ?! I do not fully understand what the lord's inten-
tions are. I would however think he'd keep them separate. Not confine
them together as has been ordered. I do not believe Luis will trust a
stranger but by chance they did cooperate the situation could get a
bit more complicated.
If for some reason, an unknwon third party is involved, i don't think
they'd let a chance like this slip by. But maybe its all Lord Saddler's
ploy. Leaving us vulnerable so this third party will surface, if they
even exit that is...
It is an unlikely possibilaty, but if a prowler is already amongst us
then our plans could be ruined. I guess the lord thinks its worth the
risk, if we're able to stop whatever conspiracy is at work. At any
rate its the Lord's call, we will trust his judgement as always.
CLOSURE OF THE CHURCH
=====================
Reguarding the two fugitives, the apprehension of Luis is our top
priority. The american agent a distant second. What Luis stole from
us is far more important then the girl. Unless we get it back the
girl will become useless to us. We must get it back to execute our
plan to the end. If it gets in the wrong hands the world would become
a totally different place then what Lord Saddler has envisioned.
At all costs we mustn't let that happen. Never the less, we're not
letting go of the girl, to ensure that the agent does not get to
her. I have locked the church door where the girl is being held.
Anyone who needs access to the church must first get approval from
Lord Saddler. There is a key beyond the lake but it should be safe
now that the Del Lago has been awakened by our lord. No one will get
across the lake alive.
Plus, our same blood courses through the agent's veins. It'll be just
a matter of time before he joins us. Once he does, there will be
nobody else left that will come looking for the girl.
ANONYMOUS LETTER
================
There is an important item hidden in the falls, if you are able to
get it you might be able to get Ashely out of the church. But i'll
warn you, the route to the church isnt a walk in the park by any
means. They've developed whats called an "El gigante" so god bless.
About whats been going on in your body, if I could help you, I would.
But unfortunately its beyond my power.
PLAYING MANUAL 3
================
1. Commands = Leon can give commands to Ashley to either Wait or
Follow by pressing the X button.
2. Ashley and action buttons = Depending on the situation Leon and
Ashley can cooperate to get past
various obstacles.
3. Ashley's health = You can use recovery items not only on Leon
but on Ashley as well.
4. Ashley and game over = Leon has failed his mission if Ashley is
either killed or carried away by enemies.
SERA AND THE THIRD PARTY
========================
Where abouts of Sera are still unknown. Most likely he's using an
old secret passage taught to him by his grand father who used to
hunt in this region long ago. Im pretty certain that he's hiding
our property somewhere in the forest.
If his grand father was stil alive, i would have used him to find
Sera. But HOW did he find out about the egg injected into his body?
And the fact that he was able to remove it before it hatched is
concering. Another factor taht concerns me is that Sera escaped with
our property just before the American agent arrived. I don't believe
that was just a coincidence.
There has to be another player involved in this. In order to settle
this whole situation, we have to capture Sera and wait for the effects
of the drug to wear off before we inject him with another egg. Once
this is done, whoever is behind all of this will surface. Nobody shall
interfere with our plas. Those who do shall suffer seera consequences.
TWO ROUTES
==========
Just a while ago, I was informed by Lord Saddler that our men had
shot down a United States military helicopter. There shouldn't be
any more outside interference for a while now. Unless the United
States government determines who the traitor is, they can only
initiate very small covert operations. We must use this time to our
advantage and recapture the girl.
The two Americans can only get out of our terrotiry by using one of
two routes. This is where we'll stop them. We shall make use of our
forces to the greatest degree.
We will deploy a large number of Ganados in one of the routes to
ensure that they do not slip by us. for the other route we shall
leave the task to El gigante. Which ever route they take, the agent
will never leave here alive. Not with the girl atleast.
VILLAGE's LAST DEFENCE
======================
I clearly underestimated the American agent's capabilaty. He's still
alive. i thought that we could wait until the egg hatched, but at
this rate he could destroy the entire village before it does. We
must take care of this nuisance.
We shall change our priorities, for the time being we will cease our
hunt for Luis and ambush the two Americans. There is a building used
to enlighten betrayers just beyond the point where you get off the
lift. Its a perfect place for ambushing them. If all else fails, they
still would need to face me in order o get past the last gate that
leads out of the village. For only before my sight will the gate open.
CAPTURE LUIS SERA
=================
I have confirmation that Sera has entered the castle. Why would he
return during his escape leaves me to question his motives. But we
must seize this moment to capture him. We will get the other two
Americans after we apprehent Sera. It appears he took some vaccines
when he stole our "Sample". The vaccines we can do without but we
must retriev the sample for it is our life blood.
I feel there is somebody else or soem other group involved in this
whole affair. if the sample were to get into the hands of that other
entity, the world which we seek to create will not come. We must
apprehent Sera as quickly as possible.
LUIS's MEMO
===========
There are some parasites that have the ability to control their
hosts. It's basic knowledge among biologists but not much is
known as to how the parasites do it. Studying these parasites
specifically might reveal some clues to as to how the powers of
the Las Plagas work. And perhaps provide more insight on the
victimes of the Las Plagas, the Los Ganados. Here is a list of
some of the parasites that have the ability to manipulate the
behavioral patterns of their host.
Dicrocoelium = Once the larvae of this parasite migrates to the
ant's esophagus, it alters the behavior of the ant. When the
temperature drops in the evening, the infected any climbs to
the top of a plant and clamps onto a leaf using its mandible.
It stays there immobile until the next morning, placing the ant
where it's most vulnerable to be eaten by a browsing herbivore
such as sheep. One could conclude that the parasite is
manipulating the host's behavior to its way into the body of
its definitive host.
Galactosomum = The larvae of this parasite makes its home inside
the brain of a fish such as the yellowtail and the parrot bass.
Once infected, the fish make their way up to the water's surface
where they'll swim until eaten by seabirds. Once again, the
peculiar behavior can only be explained by the parasite's desire
to get into the bodies of the seabirds.
Leucochlordium = This parasite's sporcysts develop in the snail's
tentacles. The sporocysts are vivid in color and pulsate continually
somewhat like a worm. Surprisingly the infected snail makes its
way to the top of a plant where it is most visible to the eyes of
birds, therefore more likely to be eaten. Once eaten by a bird,
the parasite will complete its metamorphosis into an adult.
CASTELLAN MEMO
==============
For many years the Salazar family has served as the castellans of
this castle. However, not everything is bright, for my ancestry has
a dark past. Long ago there once was a religious group that had deep
roots in this region called the Los Illuminados. Unjustly however,
the first castellan of the castle took away their rights and powers.
As a follower of this religion and as the 8th Castellan, I felt that
it was my duty as well as my responsibility to atone for that sin. I
knew the best way to atone for that sin was to give power back to
those who we once took it away from, the Los Illunimados.
As expected it took a little time, but we were able to rejuvenate
the once sealed Las Plagas. With this success I was one step closer
to the revival of the Los Illuminados. The reason why I released
the Las Plagas from deep under the castle and gave them to Lord
Saddler was not only to repay for the sins of my ancestors but I
felt certain that the Lord would make better use of this power to
help save the world. To save those that have sinned with the power
of the Las Plagas and to cleanse the their souls creating a world
without sinners. The way it was meant to be. Once cleansed, they
would become one of the many Ganados where they will find their
reason to live. And after the Lord has succeeded in creating the
world in which he has envisioned, then the sins of my Salazar
family will be atoned for.
FEMALE INTRUDER
===============
There seems to be a female intruder among us. We believe she's connected
with Sera. We also believe that she was the one who removed the egg
injected into Sera before it hatched. She may have had him retirve the
"sample" before the American agent's arrival. It's obvious that her
objective is the "sample". We must get to her before she is able to
reestablish contact with Sera.
There's also reason to believe that she's working for somebody. We need
her alive for interrogation. The female should be able to answer all
our questions. After we have captured her, Sera will no longer be of
any concern. As long as we retrieve the "sample", you may dispose
of him as you see fit.
BUTLER's MEMO
=============
Knowing that Sr. Ramon Salazar has no family, Lord Saddler must have
used his strong faith in the Los Illuminados to his advantage to
talk Sr. Salazar into undoing the seal of the Las Plagas once done
by his ancestor. Sr. Salazar would never do such a thing unless he
was in some way being used unknowingly. I should have sensed the
Lord's dirty scheme sooner. I feel I'm partly responsible for all
of this. I have no idea as to what the Lord is planning but Sr.
Salazar was just being used.
It is too late now however, Sr. Salazar has already taken the Plaga
into his body. There is no turning back once the Plaga has turned
into an adult in the body. The Plaga parasite will not die unless
the host dies. There's no cure. Perhaps, Sr. Salazar may have been
vaguely aware of the Lord's plan all along. But it's so hard to
tell. Nevertheless, there's nothing I can do about it now. I have
served the Salazar family for generations. I am prepared to continue
my services until the very end.
SAMPLE RETRIEVED
================
As you may have heard, Luis Sera has been disposed of by Lord Saddler.
The "sample" is back where it belongs. I had hoped that the whole
matter could be resolved without troubling the Lord. However, as
long as the "sample" is safe we can all rejoice, for our time is
nearly at hand. Now that the "sample" is back in our safe hands,
it'll be a bit more difficult for that troublesome woman to get it.
In light of all this, it's unfortunate that Sera had to go. Like us,
he would have had a bright future if only he had shown more fiath in
our beliefs.
As for the other two Americans, the Lord has left the matter in our
hands. We must not disappoint the Lord. We shall capture Ashley
and take her to the Lord and dispose of the American agent.
RITUAL PREPRATIONS
==================
Thanks to the efforts of the "Novistadors," we have been able to
recapture Ashley. We shall prepare for the sacred ritual as
quickly as possible and make Ashley an official member of the Los
Illuminados. While we prepare for the ritual, those of you who
feel inclined can attend to our American friend. We should be able
to hold off our friend for at least a little while by jamming the
gears in the clock tower with something.
I think if we jam the gears in 3 places, it should give us enough
time to prepare everything for the ritual. Now go and entertain o
ur American tourist.
LUIS's MEMO 2
=============
The first castellan buried the Las Plagas deep underground below
the castle to hide their very existence. But when Salazar released
the Las Plagas, no one thought he could bring them back to life.
Because when Salazar found them they were all just fossilized
remains. Everyone knew that the parasitic organisms could not
survive without their hosts. That they couldn't sustain life on
their own. But when Salazar and his men excavated the remains, it
almost appeared as if the Las Plagas were just waiting to be
discovered so that they could resurrect. Several years later,
unexplainable convulsions started occurring among the villagers
who helped with the excavation of the Las Plagas. Then one day,
all of a sudden, these villagers turned into violent savages.
They later found out it was caused by the Las Plagas. Although they
appeared fossilized, they were able to survive the long years by
lying in a dormant state at the cellular level remaining in a
spore-like form.Apparently during the excavation, the villagers
inhaled the spores and within their bodies the parasites became
active again. This is how the Las Plagas were resurrected. Even
as I;m writing, the excavation of the Las Plagas continues. God
only knows how many of these Plagas have been resurrected. Not to
mention the countless number of Ganados that have been created.
Their inhumane activity must be put to an end. If they are not
stopped, people around the world could turn into victims of this
crazy cult organization.
LETTER FROM ADA
===============
Once a Plaga egg hatches, it's nearly impossible to remove it from
the body. But if it's before it hatches, then it can be nautralized
by medication. If it does hatch you might be able to get it out by
surgery before it turns to an adult. But it won't be easy. There's
a high chance you won't survive the operation. As far as I know the
girl was injected with the egg before you. Her time is ticking.
You should prepare yourself for the worst case scenario.
LUIS's MEMO 3
=============
The hideous creates such as the El Gigante and the Novistadors are
merely by-products of the diabolical and inhumane experiments
conducted on the specimens that were once human. But there's one
type of creature that clearly distinguishes itself from the rest.
These creatures are called Regenerators. Regeneratoes have a
superior metabolism that allows them to regenerate their lost body
parts at incredible speeds. I've never seen anything like it...
It is this characteristic that makes them almost invincible to
conventional weapons. But like any living creature, there's a
way to kill it. Apparently there are Plagas that live in its
body somewhat like leeches.
To stop its regeneration process, these leech-like Plagas must
be located and then destroyed. But they can't be seen with the
naked eye. They can only be located through thermal imaging.
As far as I know, most of the Regererators most a number of these
leech like Plagas. The kill the Regenerators, each one of these
leech like Plagas must be killed.
OUR PLAN
========
Because of that agent we lost Chief Mendez and Ramon. Never the
less, everything will proceed according to plan. I must admit
however, the loss of my loyal men is a bit disheartening. But I
will deal with it. Replacing that loss will not come easy. I must
choose wisely; for the Plaga reflects the conscience of their hosts.
If chosen poorly, they could betray me. I need men who will swear
their allegiance to me. I've learned my lesson when Sera betrayed
me. I will not make the same mistake again. In this important hour,
I cannot and will not have anyone stand in my way.
LUIS's MEMO 4
=============
I'll report my findings about the Plagas here. The Plagas have 3
distinct characteristics.
1. As mentioned previously, the Plagas have the ability to manipulate
the behavioral patterns of their hosts.
2. The Plagas are social organisms. By this I mean that instead of
living individually, they live in perfect social harmony. It is
believed that they have a collective intelligence. This type of
behavior can be seen among insects such as bees and ants. However
this kind of social behavior is rarely seen among parasitic organisms.
Perhaps it was a learned behavior by the Plagas. I'm finding out if
this has any relationship with their first characteristic.
3. The Plagas have exceptional adaptation skills. They are able to
live off many kinds of organisms by creating a symbiotic environment
quickly. This ability, when combined with their social behaviors,
allows them to interact intelligently between hosts regardless of
the host organism.
I am ashamed to admit that my pure fascination with the Plagas, in
hindsight, has blinded me to the true research objectives of the Los
Illuminados. Even with the knowledge that Saddler was going to abuse
the results of these experiments, I could not pull myself away from
my research. As a result, I am just as responsible for this whole mess
as he is. I see now that I was wrong, but can I stop their evil plans
alone...?
KRAUSER's NOTES
===============
It turns out that old man Saddler wasn't buying me from the start.
Even though I succeeded in kidnapping Ashley, I sort of sensed this
when Saddler didn't completely let me in the loop. Under the
circumstances, I had no other alternative bu to call for her assistance.
Perhaps she knew this was the way it was going to turn out all along...
My guess is that her ultimate goal might be different from Wesker's
and mine. This is just the perfect opoporunity to find out. And after
I get rid of Leon and retrieve the sample, I'll put her in a bodybag
along with Leon and send them both to Wesker.
LUIS's MEMO 5
=============
From the initial stages of the research, we have been searching for
a safe and practical removal of the Plaga. Ironically, it turns out
that the real objective of this research was not to find a way to
remove the Plagas from the infected persons but to find a way so that
the Plaga could not be removed from the body easily. In the end, we
were able to find out that the Plagas could be removed only by
exposing them to a special radiation.
The only drawback with this method is that is is a very painful
procedure. Since the Plaga attaches itself to the nerves, there
is a possibility that it may impair the consciousness of the host.
Another fact that must be mentioned is that once the Plaga grows
into an adult, the removal procedure could kill the host. But
perhaps death isn't so bad when you think about the alternative.
OUR MISSION
===========
The real power of the United States lies in three areas. The
Justice Department, the Administrative bodies, and the Military.
In order to take control of these areas, we must influence the
minds of the people who advise the President. After this is done,
the rest of the departments will quickly fall under our sway.
If by chance the United States were to figure out our plan, the
damage caused should be minimal. We will still be able to conquer
the country as planned using our backup plan. Once we control the
country, we will use their international influence to our advantage.
The rest of the world will fall swiftly.
As already stated, if our first plan doesn't go as smoothly as
expected, we'll proceed with out secondary plan. By sending in
our "special" forces we will infiltrate the country from within.
Fear and chaos will spread through the nation like a virus. It'll
only be a matter of time before the country loses its stability.
At that time, when they're most vulnerable, we will strike.
Rejoice my brethren; the world shall soon be cleansed.
END SECTION.
14.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
__| |_ ___ __ _| |_ ___
/ _| ' \/ -_) _` | _(_-<
\__|_||_\___\__,_|\__/__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4014
SECRETS
#######
ASSIGNMENT ADA
--------------
One of the two mini games that you can unlock after beating
the game once normally, assignment ada is a mini game which
features none other then Ada wong and her quest to find the
samples that her mission requires her to find, complete with
a sort of boss fight at the end of the mission. This one's a
really fun game.
THE MERCENARIES
---------------
The second mini game unlocked after beating the game once is
the mercenaries mini game, taking its name from the very fun
mini game from Resident Evil 3, you can unlock even more
characters for this game by getting high ranks in various
levels of the mercenaries.
EXTRA CHARACTERS FOR MERCENARIES
--------------------------------
You can unlock even more characters to play around with in
the mercenaries mode by getting 4 star ranks in the various
maps of the mercenaries game, the characters and the maps
you need to unlock them from are listed below.
Ada wong = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Pueblo map.
Albert Wesker = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Waterworld map.
Hunk = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Island Commando Base map.
Krauser = Unlocked with a 4 star on the Castle map.
CHICAGO TYPEWRITER
------------------
You can unlock this really cool tommy gun style machine gun
after you have completed the assignment ada game once, you
will be able to purchase this gun from there on for a price
of about 1 million pesseta's.
PROFESSIONAL MODE
-----------------
If you thought that the normal game was a little too easy
to finish then you might enjoy repeating it on a harder
difficulty level, professional mode can be unlocked after
beating the main game once in normal mode.
ALTERNATE COSTUMES
------------------
Like the REmake had Jill's outfit from Re3 to unlock, this
game has Leon's Resident evil 2 cop suit to unlock, and
special pop clothing for Ashley, these alternate clothes
can be unlocked after finishing the game once.
UNLOCKING MORE WEAPONS
----------------------
Once you beat the main game, load up the round 2 save file
and you will be able to purchase 2 new weapons from any
merchants you find, first is an infinite rocket launcher
and the other is a Mathilda handgun, but beware as the
weapons are very very expensive.
UNLOCKING EVEN MORE WEAPONS
---------------------------
There's even more weapons that you can unlock, not only
from the main game, but also from the mercenaries mini
game as well. First is the Handcannon weapon, you can
unlock this once you've gotten five star rankings on
all the maps available in that game mode, not only that
but you can upgrade the handcannon too, if you manage
to get all the upgrades then you'll also get unlimited
ammo for it as well.
Also, there is the punisher pistol, which you can unlock
after doing the shooting of the medallions side quest.
You can upgrade it too by shooting the blue medallions
before talking to a merchant.
ALTERNATE TITLE SCREEN
----------------------
Besides all the guns and mini games you can also open
up an alternate title screen for the game after finishing
the main game once, its good, its all good.
ASHLEY CALLING LEON A PERVERT
-----------------------------
Okey its not really a secret but something so cool that I
just know i won't live without putting it in the secrets
area, during the course of the game when Ashley is with you
and your in a place with high terrain as well, go up to
the higher platform and order Ashley to stay there, climb
down to the surface and use the C-stick to look up Ashley's
skirt, she will cover her skirt and ask Leon what he's
looking at, and then calls him a Perverted. Sweet lol.
ADVANCED TIPS
#############
These are a little more advanced tips, no where near the
same as those beginners tips i've put at the beginning
of the walkthrough, these are only for those who have
played through the game and are comfertable with it.
* Try this if you want to save some time or just want to
surprise your opponents, when ever your near a door,
instead of pressing the A button just once, tap it two
times quickly when the game prompts you and Leon will
Kick the door open causing anything standing immediatly
behind it to be sent sprawling, and also surprising any
opponents on the other side of the door.
* See those crows hanging around the tree's in some of the
open area's, well they're not just there to scare the hell
out of the player, take aim at them and shoot them dead and
you'll get some money from them. Cheap trick, but effective.
Another similar trick is to shoot down bird nests if you
spot any, and they'll be carrying some jewels or valueable
items to sell most of the times.
* A hard, but easy once you get used to it, method of taking
out the monks without wasting too much ammo is to do the
whole knee shot thing with the handgun, and press the action
button when near them, instead of the kicks, Leon will do a
cool maneuver on them which has more damage.
* An easier trick of defeating the suit or armor opponents is
to first fire off their helmet with any powerful weapon, and
when they're head is visible just toss a flash grenade for
instant death, this trick works best if there are plenty of
suits in the area, first blow off all their heads and then
use a flash grenade to take out all of them.
* The best method to take out a NOVISTADOR is to try and hit
it when its air born since it will die in a single shot at
that time, shotgun works best since its got scatter shots.
* A small tip for the evil fellows out there, you CAN kill
the merchant fellows but thats highly un adviced lol.
* Another tip involving the merchant is that when ever your
about to upgrade your weapon, you should know that the
merchant is kind enough to refill your ammo afterwards,
so its best to waste your weapon on enemies and upgrade
it when its empty to get free ammo.
* Another trick for the wicked minded is that if you encounter
any sort of animal in the game, dont let it remain alive and
kill it to find either an item or some money, now thats what
i call easy money.
* This isnt a trick but more sort of an easter egg, once you've
started the game do not press any button at the main menu for
a little time and then the game will play a trailer which was
never publically launched, let the trailer finish but still
dont touch anything and the game will play the TGS 2004 trailer
, dont touch anything afterwards and the same two trailers will
be repeated over and over again.
* With the rocket launcher in hand most of the bosses can be
killed with a single shot, but what people dont know is that
the weak points of most of the bosses are their backs, hit them
on their backs for almost confirmed one hit shots.
* Another trick to make the game easy is that once you have enough
money to buy a Killer 7 gun you won't have to do the whole scope
method to kill the regenerators, the killer is strong enough to
do it on its own, keep shooting it in the sheet until a hole
appears then shoot it in the head to make it explode suddenly.
ACTION REPLAY CODES (Demo only)
###################
Since there's no codes available for the main game yet, these
will have to do for now. I'll add the main game codes once some
are found by anyone.
Taken from Cheathappens.com
M)
2202-23D0-R3G78
MQPG-0JXB-VYXZH
DHXU-MXWV-YRB99
FBA1-EQDE-J8268
JY6M-ZZ19-KUPXH
73JN-X5PR-GDQ5Z
YKND-Q00U-2Z249
AXW4-B2AJ-KV66Z
Infinite Health
BZ3W-GD3E-UC302
EJUC-R30G-HTQWK
Max Health
3DEH-CKU9-NUYTT
9Y9C-19UW-4RJ33
QJZ0-1F8T-5FA3M
GMYQ-95KR-U819K
Infinite Ammo
8YAE-T5JJ-4QC3V
UM0J-3U59-PE1CG
Infinite Item Use
NJGJ-Y4T7-FB5H6
XH7T-8GE2-ZBG15
Max/Infinite Money
MW8F-CFJZ-AFTAX
NP9A-W7PM-WUV1V
Enable Debug Menu
Since it's just a demo, many Debug options don't work.
N98W-PD9F-9MD56
XTM4-BPF6-XZFWJ
JW4E-NBZH-4Y3J7
KXYK-XC4H-401UX
7J80-9BQ2-GHNR5
YVGA-3NHT-40MVJ
C-Stick Left To Shrink
F8YV-JFX8-X8EGP
TJKB-PX7G-38H68
YH3F-HJ65-X2BX5
MM2N-M00A-489CQ
Y1WY-A19Q-MH676
C-Stick Right To Grow
PJ0Y-U7NE-WVXJ0
QXY7-BDPT-JR4Q9
EB37-Q74X-7WCW0
R5F1-J5MA-03AKV
Y1WY-A19Q-MH676
Some Trees Are Huge
YN4U-E0V2-HPK3U
JG6D-UKNE-4D5EB
END SECTION.
15.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
__ __ _ _ _ _
| \/ (_)___ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ | |__| (_)_ _ __ _ ___
| |\/| | (_-</ _| | '_/ _` | ' \| '_ \ | | ' \/ _` (_-<
|_| |_|_/__/\__| |_| \__,_|_|_|_|_.__/_|_|_||_\__, /__/
|___/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4015
COMING SOON
16.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _
| |__ __ _ __| |__ __| |_ ___ _ _ _ _
| '_ \/ _` / _| / / (_-< _/ _ \ '_| || |
|_.__/\__,_\__|_\_\ /__/\__\___/_| \_, |
|__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4016
NOTE :.. Some people may complain that my TimeLine section
looks alot the Excellent TimeLine FAQ which Rob
McGreggor has. But I assure everyone that this is
completely ORIGINAL STUFF. I DID NOT RIP OFF A
SINGLE WORD.
Source : partly capcom's official resident evil site
*******************************
-------------------------------
* OFFICIAL RESIDENT EVIL TIMELINE
-------------------------------
*******************************
1950's
Doctor James Marcus, Lord Edward Ashford and Ozwell E Spencer discover
the mother virus.
1953
Birth of Kenneth J. Sullivan S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team Scout.
Deceased July 23, 1998 inside Spencer Mansion. Devoured by Zombie.
1957
Birth of Enrico Marini. Captain of the S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team.
Wounded during Spencer Mansion penetration. Killed July 23,
1998 by a single gunshot wound. Murderer unknown; possibly
Barry Burton under the command of Albert Wesker.
1960's
Birth of Albert Wesker, captain of STARS Alpha team
Early 1960's
Alexander ashford graduated with a Ph.D in biogenetics and joins his
father in research for the mother virus.
1960
Birth of Barry Burton. Ex S.W.A.T. team member; currently part of
S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team. Working under threats to his family by
Albert Wesker. Competent helicopter pilot.
1961
Michael Warren, an engineer, moves to Raccoon city and begins work
the city's cable car system. He eventually becomes mayor.
1963
New york city architect George Trevor is hired by spencer to build a
huge mansion in the arklay forest.
Birth of Brad Vickers. Part of S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team. Known as
"chickenheart" he pilots the helicopter (and abandons the team)
during a botched team disembark at the Spencer Mansion.
1967
November 10, 1967
Progenitor Virus administered to Jessica and Lisa Trevor, wife and
daughter of famed architect, George Trevor. Kidnapped and held in
the Spencer Mansion, Jessica eventually dies, Lisa lives.
Trevor's Diary: George Trevor's aunt becomes ill and is sent to a
nearby hospital. Jessica and Lisa Trevor intend to visit her.
November 13, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Architect George Trevor arrives at the Spencer
Mansion, which he designed over a five-year period for Lord Ozwell E.
Spencer. Spencer tells Trevor that Trevor's family has recently
departed to visit a sick aunt. Both gentlemen feast in the dinning
room before viewing the mansion's art collection. Trevor mentions
the house's "numerous secrets."
Lisa Trevor's Letters: Part torture subject, part bio-experiment,
Jessica Trevor writes a final, emotional note to her daughter,
pleading for an escape plan and fearing the worst is upon them.
November 14, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor views Lord Spencer's collection of
European paintings and parchments. Spencer tells Trevor he is
contemplating turning the residence into a seaside resort. He also
wishes to start an "international industrial medicine company." The
company's name would be "Umbrella."
Lisa Trevor's Letters" Lisa Trevor feels dizzy from the shot she was
given four days ago. She wants to escape the mansion, but her mother
hasn't returned.
November 15, 1967
Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa finds her mother and they eat together.
Lisa is happy until she realizes her mother is a "fake" and "different
inside." She locates her mother's face, peels it off her skull, and
attaches it to herself.
November 18, 1967
Lisa Trevor's Letters: Lisa mentions a coffin under the house where
her mother rests. Little else of the letter is comprehensible.
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notes in his diary that his wife and
children have not returned from their Aunt Emma's. There are no
telephones, so he can't check their whereabouts. Trevor heads to a
second floor terrace. Large crows perch here; Trevor feels strange,
as if he is being watched. He spies a lower courtyard with a ladder
leading down into a hole � this wasn't in his design.
November 20, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor notices that the shotgun gave Lord
Spencer has been swapped for a broken one. Trevor is alarmed at his
family's disappearance, and his employer wants him back at work.
November 21, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is ushered into an enclosed
reception chamber, where a man in a white lab coat tells Trevor
that his family is dead. Trevor feels pain in the back of his
neck; he falls to the floor.
November 24, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is imprisoned in the room' the
man in the white coat brings him "revolting" food. Only he and
Spencer know the mansion's terrible secrets. He mentions
preternatural entities roaming the manor grounds. Trevor wonders
if Spencer is testing the mansion's "secret mechanisms" on him.
A strange ant-like creature lands on Trevor tramples a number of
them. Trevor's Diary also notes these occurrences.
November 26, 1967
Trevor's Diary: George Trevor loses his favorite lighter � the one
Jessica gave him.
November 27, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: George Trevor escapes from his room, but
the mansion is securely locked. He mentions Crests, an eye needed
for a statue, and a Golden Emblem. He hasn't time for these games.
November 29, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor begins to lose his mind. He stumbles
upon a room with a giant plant growing through it. He describes it
as "absurdly gigantic." Trevor escapes the mansion and moves through
a laboratory, in to a cave system. He mentions high-heeled shoes.
He hopes his wife escaped by this route. Trevor's diary entries
become increasingly disjointed. He hasn't had food or water for
days. He feels trapped.
Trevor's Diary: Trevor continues to ramble on about being trapped,
writing about large glass tubes and wet, eerie caves.
November 31, 1967
Trevor's Private Papers: Trevor is in the dark. He scrambles through
a secret tunnel that ends in a damp chamber. Something monstrous
looms in the shadows. With his final match, he illuminates the room.
Near him is a headstone carved with his name carved into it. Trevor
scrawls a final goodbye to his wife.
Sometime in 1967
It is assumed that Lord Ozwell Spencer and Alexander Ashford completed
the experiment known as the T-virus.
Sometime in 1967
The Special Tactics and Recovery Squad (or S.T.A.R.S.) is formed in
New York City as a special branch of the police force. Its specially
trained troops deal with cult-affiliated terrorism.
1969
Birth of Forest Speyer, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team sniper and vehicle
specialist. Deceased July 23, 1998 on a balcony inside Spencer Mansion.
Devoured by an unknown entity.
1970
Estimated "birth" of Alfred Ashford and Alexia Ashford, twins in a
long line of Ashfords. Their father Alexander (along with Lord
Spencer) created the T-virus. The twins then experimented on
Alexander, turning him into a "Nosferatu". After the nvention
of the T-Veronica Virus, Alexia enters a cryogenic state chamber to
mutate and strengthen her powers.
1971
Birth of Joseph Frost, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team vehicles specialist,
who joined Alpha Team under orders from Albert Wesker.
Deceased July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
Devoured by zombified hounds.
1972
The Raccoon City chapter of S.T.A.R.S. is established.
1973
Birth of Chris Redfield S.T.A.R.S. Alpha Team member. Dishonorably
discharged from the Air Force, Chris is recruited from S.T.A.R.S. by
Barry Burton.
1975
Birth of Richard Aiken, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo Team communications specialist.
Bitten to death July 23, 1998 on Spencer Mansion grounds.
14th Feb 1975
Birth of STARS alpha team member Jill valentine.
Current status. Active.
1978
Wesker's Report II: Albert Wesker arrives at the Arklay Laboratories
ignoring the Umbrella president and remaining aloof to the other staff.
He commences research on the Ebola Virus, and attempts to create a
Bio Organic Weapon (B.O.W. Entities). Wesker first encounters the
"woman," a creature who has been constantly experimented on with
multiple viral strains since her first injection on November 10, 1967.
1980
Birth of Rebecca Chambers, S.T.A.R.S. Bravo team medic and part-time
pianist. One day before Alpha Team's arrival in Raccoon Forest,
she investigates a mysterious train. Albert Wesker shoots her in the
chest, but she survives and escapes the mansion.
Her status is currently active.
1981
Birth of Steve Burnside. An immature but good-hearted child, he is
held on the remote Rockfort Island with his father as a prisoner
of Umbrella, Inc.
July 27, 1981
Wesker's Report II: Ten-year old Alexia Ashford is given permission
to head up Umbrellas' remote Antarctic research station. Her family's
reputation is legendary (her father, Alexander Ashford first
discovered the T-virus), although Alexander's son, Alfred, is
useless. Wesker vows to commence research on the laboratory's older
workers, but Dr. William Birkin ins envious of Alexia and isn't
mentally capable of helping Wesker. An imprecise killing machine,
name the Zombie, is created. However its infection ration isn't
perfect. The "woman" still lives ,l and Wesker is surprised at
how resilient she has become.
1983
January 30, 1983
Alfred's Diary: Alfred Ashford, inside the secret Umbrella Antarctic
base keeps a diary where he mentions a hidden passageway, accessible
only by using three family brooches. He cannot retrieve his father's
brooch.
February 17, 1983
Alfred's Diary: Alfred manages to secure the brooches and enter the
sealed room. He makes a shocking discovery-his DNA was spliced from
a family ancestor and surrogate mother; both Alfred and Alexia are
experiments. Angry and jealous that his father chose Alexia (she
exhibits genius intelligence, but Alfred does not), Alfred is determined
to avenge his blundered birth.
March 3, 1983
Alfred's Diary: Alfred and Alexia begin to experiment using the
T-Veronica Virus on a "human body" they find- most likely their
father. Alfred worries that the family butler will find out
about this macabre experiment.
April 22, 1983
Alfred's Diary: Alexander Ashford is turned into a freakishly
mutated being that comes to be known as "Nosferatu," and he's
locked away in a secret basement room. Alexia, meanwhile,
continues to experiment on herself, and she informs Alfred that
she needs to be frozen for 15 years before the T-Veronica Virus
can completely consume her Alfred, now alone, mentally degenerates
completely.
December 31, 1983
Wesker's Report II: Wesker hears that Alexia died after injecting
herself with the T-Veronica Virus. He can't rely on Alfred to
help with research. Wesker begins to wonder why Ozwell Spencer
locate the laboratory here, especially as Wesker believes other
species (both animal and vegetable) could be affected by the virus.
He realizes that placing a base in the Antarctic wasn't so crazy
after all. The "failure" at the laboratory (the woman infected
back in 1967) has been forgotten. Wesker's true intentions- that
he's been planted in the Umbrella organization by another company �
are still secret.
1986
Birth of Sherry Birkin, daughter of Umbrella scientists, Doctor
William Birkin and Annette Birkin. Sherry wears a small neck
pendant that carries the G-virus. Albert Wesker's forces may be
holding her against her will.
1987
Residents of Raccoon City elect Michael Warren (the engineer who
pioneered the town's cable car system) mayor of Raccoon City.
Warren holds this position until the town is destroyed; he dies
in the nuclear explosion.
1988
Wesker's Report II: Wesker can't believe Birkin is bringing life into
the world when he works in such a place, especially as work has begun
on the Tyrant, a genetically superior soldier. However, very few
"test subjects" could survive with the T-Virus inside them; most turn
into Zombies. Only 10 people in the United States have the correct
DNA. Hear the Umbrella France has recently started the Nemesis Project,
Wesker requests appropriate samples, realizing that a tremendous
soldier can now be created. The Nemesis parasite has a short life
expectancy outside of the host body, so Wesker resolves to plant
the Nemesis parasite into the "woman." The results are surprising �
she devours the parasite and lives. Wesker switches his research
completely and begins to work on the "failure".
1992
After five years as mayor of Raccoon City, Michael Warren begins to
rely heavily on Umbrella's "charitable" donations. The money helps
to build a hospital, a public utility works, a municipal building,
and helps "keep the public peace."
1993
The newly appointed Raccoon City chief of police, Brian Irons, begins
to take bribes from Umbrella, Inc. to ignore the disappearance of
locals, Umbrella's "experimental" areas of the city, and other
atrocities. Chief Irons becomes more erratic.
1995
July 31, 1995
Wesker's Report II: Wesker returns to the Arklay Laboratories after
a four-year absence. Birkin heads the G-Virus experiment that Wesker
began. The G-Virus continuously mutates its host, creating a creature
that resurrects itself from the dead. Spencer spends less and less time
at the Raccoon facility. A new lead researcher named John arrives,
and the experiment on the "woman" begin to turn violent � she rips
the faces off careless researchers and wears them on her hunched
back. She is destroyed, but Wesker wonders what Spencer has in
store for Umbrella.
1996
While Mayor Warren and Police Chief Irons stonewall any protests,
Umbrella, Inc. is permitted to construct the Arklay Laboratories
near the old Spencer Mansion, away from the main business district,
but still within Raccoon City Limits.
1997
Barry Burton leaves his job as S.W.A.T. team sergeant to become
a full-time member of S.T.A.R.S. Burton recruits Chris Redfield,
and both move to Raccoon City to revamp the S.T.A.R.S. team there.
Ada Wong, a spy infiltrating the Umbrella organization to gain more
information on their viral experiments, manages to become intimate
with an Umbrella researcher named John. The Raccoon City Police
Department moves into the disused Raccoon City Art Gallery.
Artwork remains in the building during the move, but many more
expensive paintings and statues arrive shortly afterward. They
belong to Chief Irons.
1998
April 25, 1998
Manager's Diary: A technician is hired to manage Arklay Laboratories
and "disposal" facility. The lab is near the mansion, disguised as
a factory.
May 10, 1998
Keeper's Diary: The keeper looks after a new specimen, which may be
a Chimera. The beast dismembers and disembowels its meat (a wild pig)
before eating. Secretary's Diary: Chief Irons acquires another disgusting
painting; a naked human, being hanged.
May 11, 1998
Keeper's Diary: A T-Virus leak shuts down the Arklay Laboratories
basement area. The keep dons a haz-mat (hazardous materials) suit.
May 12, 1998
Keeper's Diary: the Keeper feels "musty" and "itchy" after 24 hours
in the haz-mat suit.
May 13, 1998
Keeper's Diary: The Keeper goes to the laboratory clinic when his
itchy back becomes swollen. He removes his haz-mat suit, and they
bandage his back.
Prisoner's Diary: On Rockfort Island, a prisoner complains that
his cell "stinks of death." He shares a bunk bed with an
"interesting" fellow named Bob.
May 14, 1998
Keeper's Diary: A blister appears on the Keeper's foot; he
hobbles to the dog pen. Some of the hounds have escaped.
Manager's Diary: Arklay Laboratories tests a special, but
unstable, gas that decomposes living cells.
May 15, 1998
Keeper's Diary: An armed guard prevents the Keeper from leaving
or making phone calls.
May 16, 1998
Keeper's Diary: A scientist is shot trying to escape from the
secured Laboratory. That night, a piece of rotting flesh falls off
the Keeper's arm.
Prisoner's Diary: Bob says that he was the assistant to Alfred
Ashford, but was imprisoned over "a tiny little mistake."
May 17, 1998
The T-Virus accidentally saturates a laboratory plant in Arklay
Laboratories, creating Plant 42. An angry researcher floods the
mansion's lower rooms, freeing sharks infected with the T-Virus.
May 19, 1998
Keeper's Diary: The T-Virus metamorphosis is almost complete.
The Keeper attacks and eats the guard.
May 20, 1998
A female hiker is found on the bank of the Marble River. The body
shows signs of animal lacerations.
Manager's Diary" Despite possessing a keycard, the Manager is accidentally
locked inside a "treatment room" in the Arklay Laboratories.
Prisoner's Diary: Military personnel move Bob to a building from people
never return.
May 21, 1998
Plant 42 Report: Umbrella researcher Henry Sarton writes about a mutating
plant that attacks by crushing its victims in its vines or by bloodletting
with its tendrils. This monster has preyed on several scientists.
May 27, 1998
The Raccoon Times writes a report on the discovery of the dead hiker.
The police think a grizzly bear attacked her.
June 7, 1998
Manager's Diary: Staff members are becoming unruly and will not correctly
dispose of experimentations.
June 8, 1998
Researcher's Note: John, a researcher, tells his sweetheart how to correctly
exit the Arklay Laboratories. Pass codes are mentioned.
June 16, 1998
The Raccoon Weekly runs a story about strange "dog-like" creatures
roaming the Arklay Mountains near the Spencer Mansion. The paper
urges people to try to photograph or capture a specimen.
July 9, 1998
The Raccoon Times: "Mystery in the Arklay Mountains" reports that
local authorities closed the roads into the wilderness area; they
summoned S.T.A.R.S. to help investigate. Grotesque monsters are
still in the area, and more families have vanished.
July 16, 1998
Manager's Diary: Bodies in the facility are still being dumped
into exterior containers and not burned per instructions. The
plant disposal system cannot cope with "demand." The workers feel
a little strange, they're taking medicine, but it isn't working.
July 22, 1998
White Umbrella: A clandestine organization give strict orders about
an "X-Day." S.T.A.R.S. members are to be lured into a laboratory to
battle the mutating experiments.
Suicide Note: A researcher, writing to his wife, details a viral
outbreak in the Arklay Laboratories. He destroys his colleague
with an ornate pistol and then hangs himself.
July 23, 1998
Raccoon City television runs a story about 10 families missing in
the Arklay Mountains. Human remains have been found in the area.
A military police vehicle is discovered inside the Arklay Mountains.
Rebecca Chambers reports that corpses of Military Police, plus an
unidentified body, are uncovered near the vehicle.
Alpha and Bravo S.T.A.R.S. teams are ordered to look for any survivors.
The teams assemble on the evening of July 23rd. Bravo Team makes an
initial sweep of the lower-lying forested areas.
The BRAVO team's chopper is damaged during the flight and it crashes
Rebecca finds a abandoned train and gets it running with the aid of
Billy Coen, a fugitive. She and Billy make it to the umbrella labs
and learn about Marcus, they fight their way out of the facility
while its blown up by its automatic self destruct system. Rebecca
vows not to tell anyone about Billy and files that Billy died in
the incident.
July 24th, 1998
After contact is lost with the BRAVO team, Albert Wesker organizes
the Alpha squad and they head out 1 day later to search for their
missing partners, they find their downed chopper the team is
attacked by undead monsters and they escape into a nearby mansion.
Going through the puzzles of the mansion Chris and Jill discover
that the mansion is Umbrella inc's property, they find a secret
lab in the underground area's where its revealed that Wesker was
a traitor all the time and he set the STARS up.
But unfortunately Wesker is killed by his own creation, the tyrant
and Chris, Jill, Barry, Rebecca and Brad are able to survive the
horrific mansion incident and head back to Raccoon city
July 25th, 1998
The bruised and battered team arrives back at the raccoon city
police department where they are welcomed back by their comrades
but they go and confront the chief of police brian irons at once
and they have a long arguement about that, after that the STARS
speak of the events that happened in the mansion on public but
they all think they're just bluffing and dont take them
seriosuly, the STARS are hopeless.
August 7th, 1998
Jill valentine cant still get over her experience at the spencer
mansion, she writes in her diary that her physical wounds may have
been healed but her emotional wounds may never heal.
August 13th, 1998
Chris redfield causes a little commotion in the Police station
and punches one of his co workers.
August 15th, 1998
Chris invites jill over to his appartment where he shows her
some confidential pictures of a new umbrella virus in testing
the G virus. jill cant believe what she see's.
August 24th, 1998
Chris and barry leave for the umbrella base in Europe, chris
lasts the last note in his diary for his sister, jill elects
to stay behind in case of any emergencies and she quits the
RPD.
September 28th, 1998
Not long after the mansion incident, Raccoon city gets infected
by the T virus and the residents of the city turn into mindless
zombies. Jill Valentine is the only available STARS agent in
that area, but she quit the force some time ago.
Jill manages to escape the initial area's and gets in contact with
some mercenaries sent by umbrella, but she is being stalked by a
BOW monster called Nemesis who eventually infects Jill with a virus
during their fight at the clock tower building and she faints.
September 29th, 1998
Leon S Kennedy and Claire Redfield enter Raccoon city from opposite
directions at the same time, running into zombies they run into
each other in the back of a diner and decide to help each other out.
While on their way to the police precient they are attacked and
separated, they both make their way to the Police station from
opposite sides and meet up inside, unable to find her brother,
Claire decides with Leon to get out of the city after finding
some survivors.
Claire finds a little girl named Sherry Birkin and escapes with
her to the sewers, Leon runs into a mysterious woman Ada Wong
who helps him into the sewers. Fighting mutated monsters both
the groups make it to the huge labs under Raccoon city, here
Leon discovers that Ada is a double agent and is searching for
the G virus sample, but ada is shot by Annette Birkin, the wife
of william Birkin, creator of the G virus and she falls down a
huge chasm. Meanwhile Claire and Sherry find an emergency train
and get it working while Leon fights the mutated William himself.
After defeating him Leon makes it to the train just as the base
start to explode behind him and they make it out of the town.
September 30th, 1998
claire and leon along with sherry escape the town but they run into an
arguement and claire leaves to find her brother, leon is picked up by some
strange men who give him an unknown offer, they also take sherry away from
him.
October 1st, 1998
Jill finally awakes from the virus nemesis planted in her and continues
her escape after Carlos finds the antivirus for her, going through an
abandoned park and a disguised lab, Jill and Carlos make it to a control
room where they catch the transmission of someone searching for Jill.
After her last encounter with Nemesis, Jill and Carlos finally make it
out of the city with none other then Barry Burton and his escape chopper.
?? November, 1998
On another Island by the name of Sheena Island, a man wakes up after a
chopper crash to discover he has no memory of his past life, he must
regain information about himself while trying to discover the reason
why all the citizens have turned into undead monsters. He makes it to
the main city head quarters of Umbrella Inc where he learns about his
heritage and the person who caused all this mess in the first place.
Going through the city with two survivor children, he manages to make
it to an abandoned lab where he fights a tyrant to death and escapes
the island in a chopper before it explodes completely. Using the
missiles on the chopper he disposes of the tyrant for good and heads
for safe location with the children by his side.
December 17th, 1998
3 months after the raccoon city incident claire redfield finally gets a
lead on his brother which leads him to the umbrella facility of Paris.
Claire manages to infiltrate the base but inside she is spotted and some
guards chase her down the halls. Suddenly a chopper comes right in front
of her, she dodges it only to find herself face to face with a dozen
troopers, getting rid of them with a sneaky move claire runs out of
ammo and a guard captures here and she is taken to a prison.
December 27th, 1998
After waking up inside a prison, Claire manages to make it out of the
island prison with help from a teenage boy named Steve Burnside who is
also a prisoner, before escaping she manages to send a email to her
brother Chris to come and help her, but before any replies from him
arrive Claire and Steve manage to escape the island on a abandoned
sea plane after fighting a terrifying monster which was let loose by
the owner of the island, Alfred Ashford.
The plane changes course automatically during flight and reaches
Antarctica with Claire and Steve, they both go through the base where
the plane landed and find Alfred Ashford there too, after disposing
of another terrifying monster called the Nosferatu, Steve manages to
shoot Alfred who falls down a huge chasm. Thinking they're home free
Steve and Claire try to escape in a snow mobile. But Alfred manages
to reach his frozen sister Alexia who awakens and destroys the snow
mobile with her mind controlled tentacles.
Meanwhile Chris redfield arrives on the island prison but finds that
Claire is no longer there, but he runs into Albert Wesker who is now
super human, finding a Jet plane Chris makes his way to antarctica.
There he runs into wesker a few more times, but ends up finding Claire.
They both then search for Steve but its already too late for him, Chris
and Claire finally make it out of the base on the plane after fighting
the monster form of Alexia. But Claire is captured by Wesker and he
forces Chris to fight him in return of her safety, Chris agrees and
Wesker releases Claire, a huge fight ensues between them and Chris ends
up escaping with his life and Claire.
During the flight
Claire Redfield has a dream about herself and Steve fighting through
the monsters of Rockfort island which became Survivor 2.
Sometime in 2002
Bruce McGivern, an american agent makes his way to an umbrella owned
ship called the spencer rain. There he runs into a chinese agent by
the name of Fong Ling and together they manage to blow up the ship
and stop the virus contaminating the passengers.
They then make it to an abandoned umbrella base on an island where
they fight and defeat the person responsible for the ship incident.
After defeating the guy, they both manage to survive and are saved
by approaching choppers.
---------
END TIMELINE
*****************
-----------------
* WESKER's REPORT 1
-----------------
*****************
My name is Albert Wesker. I aspired to become a leading researcher
at Umbrella Inc. A pharmaceutical enterprise who covertly conduction
Bio Organic Weapons, better known as B.O.W., for development. But at
the leader development training ground situated in Raccoon City, I met
a brilliant and talented researcher who decided to take a different
path - William Birkin.
In time I shifted my position to S.T.A.R.S., a special forces unit of
the Raccoon Police Department. Umbrella, for crisis management reasons
of their illegal Bio Organic Weapons development had many of it's people
working in the police department.
I became the leader of S.T.A.R.S. and conducted all sorts of
intelligence activities for Umbrella. As I continued to serve I devised
my own plans and waited for the right moment to execute them.
Then at last, opportunity knocked.
July 1998
The freak murder incidents had occurred in the forest near the mansion
started it all. The mansion was Umbrella's secret BOW laboratory and it
was clear that the in development T-Virus was the cause of the murder.
Initially, Umbrella instructed me secretively to keep S.T.A.R.S. out
of the case, but with the heightened emotions of the citizens S.T.A.R.S.
had no choice but to move in.
That was when my next order was given. Dispatch S.T.A.R.S. to the
mansion, dispose of them, then report the situation to headquarters so
that their combat with the B.O.W. could be used for data analysis
allowing Umbrella a comprehensive portrait of the B.O.W.'s combat
abilities.
From the 2 S.T.A.R.S. teams I first pitched in the Bravo Team. As
expected, the top elite of S.T.A.R.S. gave all they had and became
useful sample data. Then following, I geared up the Alpha Team to
search and rescue the lost Bravo Team. The members of the Alpha Team
also proved their worth and as expected many died.
There were 5 Survivors from the initial 11 S.T.A.R.S. members. From the
Alpha Team were Chris Redfield, Jill Valentine, and Barry Burton. And
from the Bravo Team were Rebecca Chambers and Enrico Marini. It was time
to begin executing my plans. In the midst of the whole affair I
could take Umbrella's ultimate Bio-Organic Weapon, the Tyrant, and join
forces with an opposing corporation of Umbrella. To buy into that opposing
corporation I would need the actual combat data of the Tyrant.
The surviving privileged members of S.T.A.R.S. were just the perfect
bait. I decided to have one of them play the Judas and draw them to the
Tyrant. That Judas was Barry.
Barry was the strong truth and justice kind and cherished his family
more than anything. His type is easy to manipulate. I just took that
most important thing away from him. My only miscalculation was the high
potential of Chris and Jill. But with the family man Barry playing Judas
the scheme went as planned. Then the winds turned unexpectedly.
I had to eliminate Enrico who found out what was behind it all. I used
Barry to get to him. After I successfully got rid of that nuisance I
awaited the sample specimen that Barry would bring to me in the Tyrants
room. I injected the virus I obtained from Birkin in advance. If I made
Umbrella believe I was dead, it made it far more convenient to sell
myself to the opposing corporation. According to Birkin the virus had
profound effects. It would put my body in a state of temporary "death."
It would then bring me back to life with super human powers. Therefor I
unleashed an awesome Tyrant from its slumber and let it attack me.
As my consciousness faded away I was certain that the whole scheme would
end in success. Never did I imagine that S.T.A.R.S. could slay the evil
creation. I lost the Tyrant and the plan I devised which cost me my
humanity ended in failure. Now anything and anyone who stood in my way
would be terminated. It's been that way for a long time and it always
will be. At all costs I had to make S.T.A.R.S. pay.
September 1998
Two months had passed since the mansion incident. To regain everything I
had lost in my new organization I joined hands with Ada Wong, a female
agent who was also sent to spy on Umbrella.
I knew in my bones that the key developer was William Birkin, but what
he didn't know was that Umbrella did not play games... with anyone.
Eventually, Birkin would be assassinated, and the G-Virus would be in
the hands of Umbrella.
But the salvage team led by Hunk was ahead of us. By the time they got
to Birkin, he'd already injected himself with the G-Virus... he became
his own creation, and decimated them. Soon after, the T-Virus carried by
rats spread throughout Raccoon City, and Umbrella faced its worst scenario.
September 28th
The good citizens became zombies, and the city had headed for its
devastating fate. Humans were no match against zombies. In the chaos,
Umbrella Europe applied a new type B.O.W., called "Nemesis". The Nemesis
would hunt down and destroy the surviving member of S.T.A.R.S., Jill.
It became imperative that our organization would also obtain the Nemesis data.
September 29th
To cover up the whole affair, Umbrella jettisoned a Tyrant to take care
of Leon and Claire, who were trying to unveil their secrets. Then, a
new revelation. Birkin used to hide the findings of his studies in his
daughter Sherry's pendant. It was very possible that the G-Virus
was there. While Umbrella was busy with their cover up, we had to
capture Sherry before they did. I sent Ada undercover to seek the
location of Sherry. I, the "dead man" on the other hand, had to work in
the shadows.
A spy's obligation and priority is in the mission, to carry out the
mission like a machine without any emotional interference. But through
her interaction and involvement with Leon S. Kennedy, there'd been
an affection growing inside her.
My instincts sensed danger, something had to be done, quickly. My
instincts did not disappoint me. Even though Ada almost had her hands on
the G-Virus, which Leon had acquired from Sherry, that affection of hers
drove her to her death. But she was still of some use. I had to save her
life. My people hurried to retrieve the G-Virus that Leon threw away.
But Hunk, the only survivor of Umbrella's salvage team, was there before
us.
September 30th
Our only option left was to bring back Birkin, the monster, as the
sample specimen and have him finish off Leon and Claire in order to
obtain his combat data. Although Birkin lost the battle to Leon and
Claire, we succeeded in gathering samples of the G-Virus from his dead
body.
October 1st
In the morning the government bombed Raccoon City in an attempt to stop
for the viral outbreak. This was, of course, their feigned reason.
Later, Claire left for Europe to find her lost brother Chris, and
Leon joined forces with a underground anti-Umbrella organization.
Sherry is safe in our hands. I would never underestimate Birkin.
There's something about this little girl...
----------
EMD REPORT
*****************
-----------------
* WESKER's REPORT 2
-----------------
*****************
When I first visited that place, I was 18 and it was summer. Twenty
years ago. I still remember the smell when the helicopter landed and
the rotar caused the wind to stir. From the air, the mansion seemed
normal but from ground level, something was different. Birkin, who
was 2 years younger than I, seemed only interested in the research
files he had as usual........
1978 July 31(Monday)
Two days ago, the two of us were assigned to that place. Everything
could have been planned out from the beginning or it could have all
been a coincidence. The only person to know the truth is most likely,
Spencer. Spencer at that time was using the Arklay labs for the
research on the t-virus.
As soon as we got off the helicopter, the president of the lab
stood in front of the elevator. I don't remember the guy's name.
It didn't matter what was said officially, from that day on that
lab was ours. We were assigned to be chief researchers at the
facility. This of course, was Spencer's will. We were the chosen
ones. The two of us ignored the president as we entered the elevator.
We had already been briefed about the layout of the area as well
as Birkin's, and with no bad intentions we ignored everyone as usual.
Usually, when someone sees our actions, they would react quickly.
But the president didn't react at all.
At the time, I was only a youngster so it didn't bother the
president. The president understood what Spencer was thinking
and didn't take notice of someone like me. While the three of
us were on the elevator, Birkin kept his eyes on the research
files. The files contained information about a new firo-virus
found 2 years ago in Africa called Ebora. Even now there are
thousands of people researching the Ebora. But the people are
always divided in half -- one group dedicated to saving people
from the virus, and the other to kill people with it.
It is known if a person is infected with the Ebora, that the
chance of dying is 90%. It has the quality to destroy the physical
structure within 10 days and even now, a cure hasn't been found.
If used as a bio-weapon it would display incredible destruction.
But because making a bio-weapon is against the law we would not
use the virus as a weapon. But I'm certain that someone out there
would use this as a weapon. So to prepare for a case of that
nature it is good to do research on it now. But the line between
finding a cure and making a bio-weapon is thin. This is because
the actual research conducted do not differ at all between the two.
So one could say that they are reseaching for a cure and be making
a bio-weapon.
But Birkin was not interested in either cause. He just wanted to
research the Ebora itself. There was little known about the virus
at the time. They did not know that the virus would die within a
few days by itself, and would die instantly when hit by sunlight.
They were also unaware of the speed that it would kill its host.
It kills the host so quickly that there is virtually no time for
the virus to infect another person. The virus has to physically
touch another person in order to infect them and therefore can
easily be quarantined. But that brings me to the following thought...
What if a person that was infected with the Ebora virus could
stand up and walk around? That infected person would have a disrupted
chain of thought, and what if they could infect others that weren't
infected? What if the DNA of the Ebora and the RNA had a direct
impact on the DNA of a human? Due to those factors, would the
person be harder to kill? The person would be dead from a human's
point of view, but would still act as a bio-weapon spreading the
virus.
It is forunate that the Ebora had features like this. We would be
the only ones to possess this knowledge.
Umbrella, with Spencer as the head was a organization created to do
research on viruses with these qualities. As a cover they tell the
world that they are a company researching cures for these viruses.
But the truth was that they are a bio-weapon development organization.
The finding of the original virus which restructures the human
DNA was the start of everything. Using the original virus as a
base, an enhanced virus would be made to be a bio-weapon. This
was the T-virus plan.
The original virus was an RNA virus and would cause abnormalities
that would enhance a person. Birkin planned on combining the two
viruses to make an enhanced virus. The sample of the Ebora had
already been brought to this reserach facility. We had gone through
many elevators and had finally reached the destination. Upon
entering, even Birkin was impressed by the sight. This was our
first encounter with that woman.
We were not told anything about that woman. Everything relating
to her was kept top secret and the data was not to be leaked to
the outside. Information obtained from records showed that she
had been here since this lab was created. She was 25 years old
at that time. But what her name is and why she is here is a
mystery. She was a test subject for the research on the T-virus.
The research began on November 10, 1967.
For 11 years, she had gone through the tests with many viruses.
I heard Birkin whisper something. Whether those words were cursing/
swearing or praising I do not know. We had come to a place we could
never leave. We didn't know whether we were to take the research to
it's completion or if we would end up like her. For us we, only had
one choice. The woman who lied on the pipebed had moved something
within both of our minds. Is this also a part of Spencer's plan?
On this day, a ten-year old girl was deployed to Umbrella's Arctic
facility as a Head Researcher. Her name was Alexia Ashford. At that
time, I was twenty-one and Birkin was nineteen. Ruefully, the rumor
of "Alexia in the Arctic" occupied our topics at the Arkley Facility.
The Ashford House was a legend among long-time employees.
Whenever our research didn't go well, the unskilled old researchers
would say, "If only Professor Edward were still alive..." Certainly,
Edward Ashford was one of the founders of the "starting virus" and
might be the greatest scientist ever since he established the T-virus
plan. However, Edward died soon after Umbrella was founded. It has
been thirteen years since his death. After all that time, I wondered
what we expected from Ashford House.
To tell the truth, the Arctic Facility that his son established, had
not developed anything for thirteen years since Edward's death. His
granddaugter Alexia's brain might not be good enough.
However, after that day, our useless older scientists began to say
instead "if only Alexia were here..." I believed these old men didn't
have any future because they judged people solely on the name of their
family or their blood. That's why they could not work without any direction
and could not ever get promoted when they were old enough to have one leg
in the coffin. However, I remained sensible.
If I was too hot about this issue as a manager, the Arkley
Facility's T-virus development would run late. Under these circumstances,
if we didn't judge the situation calmly, we would not succeed. At that
time, I thought that if I used these old men well, the results of our
research would show progress. I also thought the scientists were suitable
for the very dangerous experiments because they were so old. After all,
If I didn't use my workers efficiently, I wouldn't be such a higher manager.
However, Birkin was now a problem. His reaction to the Alexia rumors
were miserable.
Although Birkin would never admit it, he was proud of becoming the
youngest manager at sixteen. However, a ten-year-old girl had just
broken his pride completely. It was the first time Birkin had ever
been defeated. He couldn't admit that a young girl from a famous family
had defeated him. Indeed, he was just a child. Although Birkin had an
immature mind we needed him to get over it, because our research had
been in the second phase for three years.
At this point of the T-virus development, the production of the
"Human biological weapon" the so called "Zombie" was stable. There
was not 100% virus infection to DNA. There are so many kinds of
chemical differences among people. If a group of people reveived the
infection from a "Zombie", ten percent of them would not get infected.
We can't change this result even though we continuously studied the
DNA. If 90% of people got the infection, this would be enough to be
a weapon. However, Spencer's opinion was different. Our boss wanted
an independent weapon that killed 100% of the people. However, for
what?
Originally, the advantage of biochemical weapons was that they were
cheap to develop. However, our research into the "Human biological
weapon" was getting expensive. If Spencer wanted to get money the
ordinary way, he would not have chosen such a method. If he used
this as an ordinary weapon system, he would get enough money. However,
if he continued to study it as an independent weapon, it would be
too expensive.
Why does he continue this research even though it costs so much? I
would understand if he aimed at a monopoly of all military industry
to change the general idea of war. So I still don't know Spencer's
real intention.
Apart from Spencer's real intention, what Birkin considered an ideal
"Human biological weapon" was what he attached as a weapons importance
to the battle field of that time. He tried to create that weapon by
not only changing the T-virus DNA but also incorporating other creature's
DNA information. He devised a Human biological weapon for battle that
destroys people who are armored or recieved a vaccination for the
virus. This experiment was called the "Hunter" in later times. However,
that experiment had to stop for a while to protect our main experiment.
Birkin felt it meaningless to compete against Alexia. He began to act
like losing was standard behavior. He stayed at the facility twenty-four
hours a day and continuously experimented on casual ideas with no plan.
I tried to use other researchers to extract as many biological samples
as possible before the experiment bodies died. However, I could not catch
up with the speed of Birkin's experiments. The facility head supplied
new experiment bodies and acted like nothing was wrong. However, those
bodies were dying continuously. That place was like hell. However,
the "woman experiment's" body was the only one who survived that hell.
She was already twenty-eight. That is, she has been in this facility
for fourteen years. She might not have any thinking ability as a human
since getting the "Starting virus". If she had her mind, her only hope
would be death. However, she survived. I wondered why she was the only
one who survived for such a long time because the data of her experiment
was not any different from the other bodies we experimented on. Until
we solved this mystery, we needed more time
It has been the 6th winter since I worked at this Arklay facility.
During the last two years, we had made no real progress with our
research and time passed by. But this had come to an end. We had
recieved word that Alexia had died. The reason was the virus that
Alexia herself created, the (T-Veronica virus). It seemed like the
12 year old Alexia was too young for such dangerous research.
I had heard rumours that Alexia had injected the T-veronica virus
in herself but this I could not believe. She probably couldn't handle
her father's death one year ago and made a simple error in her research.
Later, the research at the Antarctica facility was continued by Alexia's
twin brother, but no one had expected anything from him. In the end,
the Ashford family couldn't bring any results and would crumble down.
Like I had stated earlier, the Ashford family was a legend and will
stay as a legend only.
With Alexia's death, Birkin had changed back to what he was before.
Now there was no one who could surpass him, and all the researchers
had to acknowledge him. But it was still a taboo to talk about Alexia
infront of him. Even when I tried to get a sample of the T-veronica
virus, he had strongly objected.
I had to put aside finding out about the research that Alexia had done
for now. Ihad come to realize Birkin had not changed at all, when
everything around him had changed. But I had a much bigger problem
on my hands.
Our facility was located in a very dense forest. I went out walking
into the woods many times but because this facility was in the near
center of the forest, we would never encounter any other humans. The
only way to get here was by a helicopter. It was a needed precaution
dealing with a bio-weapon. Since if by chance, the virus is leaked out,
it would prevent the chances of spreading. But a bio-weapon isn't so
simple. The virus can also affect non-human beings as well.
A virus isn't always limited to affecting only one kind of organism.
For example, the Influenza virus not only affects humans, but birds,
pigs, horses and even seals. In each of these species, not all who
come in contact with the virus are affected. Seagulls and chickens
are, but all other birds are not. Also, the same virus may have
different effects on different species. The problem lies in how the
T-virus can affect many different life forms.
During the time when Birkin made himself useless, I had done my
own research on the T-virus. I had discovered that the T-virus
can affect most life forms out there. Not only mammals but plants,
bugs, and fish can also be affected. Everytime I walked in the woods,
I always thought to myself, why did Spencer choose this place?t?
There are many different forms of life in these woods. What would
happen if the virus were to leak out? If only an insect were infected,
it is small in size and probably would not go through a big mutation.
But insects could spread the virus at an incredible rate. If this were
to happen, how far would the T-virus spread? If it were a plant that
was infected, the plant itself could not move and would seem safe. But
what about the seeds the plants give out?
It would be very dangerous for such a case to happen. Now that I think
about it, it was a smart move for the Ashfords to locate their facility
in Antarctica. But here it almost seems like someone wants the virus to
spread. But that could not be possible. What is Spencer trying to make
us do?
This issue was far too great and I could not discuss this with any other
researcher. The only one who I could talk to was Birkin, but he probably
wouldn't be interested. I need more information. I had started to realize
my limits as a simple researcher. To find out what Spencer was truly
thinking, I needed to get to a position where I could obtain more information.
For that I would throw away all my current positions. But I cannot
do this quickly. I could not let Spencer notice my plans for if so,
everything would be over.
I had continued to do research with Birkin so that no one would detect
my intentions. During that time, that 'woman test subject' was forgotten.
A "failure" that just lived on. Until that day, 5 years later.....
The 11th summer had come since we started working at this facility. I
was 28 at the time. Birkin had become a father to a 2 year old girl.
The wife was a also a researcher at the facility. It was natural that
people who conducted research at the same facility fall in love and have
children. But a normal person would not be able to continue research at
this place. Everyone who is still here is crazy.
We had gone into phase three of our plan in the ten years. A programmed
life, to be used a soldier, a bio-weapon for combat. This bio-weapon
was to be called the "Tyrant". But this project had a huge problem from
the start. Finding a test subject for this Tyrant was easier said than
done. There were very few who were qualified enough to become the Tyrant.
This was due to the nature of the T-virus. Any human could be used to
make a zombie or a hunter but their intelligence would be lost in the
process. A certain amount of intelligence was needed to create a Tyrant.
Birkin had created a different way of creating the Tyrant to compensate
for this problem. But only a very small amount of people could be used
for this different way. In the simulation, only 1 out of 100000000 mutated
into a Tyrant, the rest became zombies.
If our research continued, we could create a different kind of T-virus
that was compatible with far more people. But for this to happen we
needed another test subject. But even if we searched through all of
America, we would only find ten or so people that were compatible.
Other research facilities had encountered the same problem. We ran
into a wall even before our research began.
But we had recieved word that the Europe facility had devised a plan
to conquer this problem in phase 3. This was the Nemesis project. I
had urged Birkin to get a sample of the project to further our own
research. Although Birkin had strongly opposed, I convinced him otherwise.
Until we found a compatible host our research would not proceed forward,
and Birkin had to accept this.
We had received the package a few days later with a number of precautions
written on it. The package brought to heliport was in a small box labeled
"Nemesis Project". To gain this sample from the France facility required
quite there effort, and credit for this accomplishment went to Spencer for
backing us up. Birkin took no interest in the package till the end but had
at least admitted to tests. The sample was new and was for test purposes.
A biological life form created by manipualting DNA. That was the what
the Nemesis was. The intelligence was the only thing enhanced and this
lifeform alone, could not do anything. But once it finds a host, it
becomes a parasite and would take over that host and would cause it
to have incredible combat ability. The host for the weapon and the
parasite would be made separately and later the intelligence of the
parasite and the body of the host would be combined to create a bio-weapon.
If this were to succeed it would overcome the problem of the intelligence
and we could create a bio-weapon. But the problem was when the parasite
takes over the host.
In the research files, the only information recorded was the death of
each host once taken over by the parasite sample. Within 5 minutes of
the parasite taking over, the host would die. But we were already
aware of the danger that lied in the prototype. If we could prolong
the time the host would survive, we would gain the credit to the "Nemesis
project". That was my plan. The host would be that women test subject.
Her incredible life rate could survive longer against the Nemesis
prototype. And even if it failed, nothing would change on our side.
But the test had created a result I had not expected. The Nemesis
prototype that tried to enter her brain had disappeared. At first,
we could not tell what had happenned. We did not expect her to consume
the Nemesis. That was the beginning. Something was happenning inside
that failed experiment. We had decided to start research on her from
scratch.
In the past ten years, we had conducted every bit of research
possible on her, but we had decided to throw all those files away.
Within the 21 years that she lived, something was beginning to show.
Only Birkin had begun to notice the change. Indeed, something had
begun to change inside her.
But that was something totally different from the T-virus project.
Something new and would bring a new idea to us.
The project which changed our destiny, the "G-virus project"
it had been 17 years since I first came to this place. Every time I come
here, I remember the smell of the wind from that day. The buildings and
the surroundings all looked the same as before. On the heliport, I could
see Birkin. It has been a long time since I've seen him. Four years have
passed since I left Arklay labs.
4 years ago, when Birkin's G-virus project was authorized, I requested
to be transferred to the secret (intelligence) service. This was easily
authorized. Most people saw it as a natural change, going from the research
profession to another field. In reality, the research conducted on the
G-virus was far above my level. Even if I wasn't out to discover what
Spencer was truly thinking, I could feel my limits as a researcher had
reached their peak.
Even as the wind blew, Birkin didn't take his eyes off of his research
files. He came to Arklay quite often, even though he was not employed
here anymore. Not too long ago, an underground lab under Racoon City
was built. This was the place that Birkin's G-virus project would take
shape. To be honest, I didnt think that Spencer would authorize "G". I
thought this because "G" was considered far from being a weapon, and
had too many unknowns about it.
"G" was slightly different from "T-virus" because the host would
spontaneously react to the virus at a repetitive rate. It was very
easy for a mutation to occur since the DNA would be open to a virus.
But this is isolated to the virus itself and not the host's DNA. Even
if the virus could cause some form of change, it would be rare for the
host's DNA to become mutated. Enter an ouside force such as radiation,
and it would be a different story. But in the case of "G" it was different.
Even without an outside force the "G" would keep mutating the host until
death.
Something very similar in nature did exist within the T-virus though.
When a bio-weapon is put in a specific area, the virus inside the host
would cause some form of mutation. This has already been confirmed. But
for this an ouside force was always needed. But the "G" has no need for
such an element. No one can predict the pattern of the mutations. And
even if we could think of a way to stop the mutation, the virus would
just improvise.
7 years ago Birkin discovered this in that woman. At first look the woman
appeared to have no physical changes. But inside of her various mutations
had occurred, each consuming every kind of virus we injected her with, and
had continued to live on. Over a period of 21 years, it had mutated so
much that it would even consume the Nemesis. The G-virus project was to
take this mutation to highest point possible. But this could lead to the
"Ultimate life form" or it could end in complete disaster
.....could this be called a weapon?
What was Spencer thinking when he authorized this project? Even when I
moved to the secret intelligence service I could not find out anything
about Spencer's train of thought during these 4 years. Spencer hasn't
been to Arklay labs in a while now. Almost as if he is expecting something
to happen there. Spencer was slowly drifting away from me, just as an oasis
in a desert. But my chance will come soon enough. Thats if I can live until
then.
The elevator took Birkin and I to the highest level in the lab. To that
place where we first saw that woman. There, we met the new research leader,
John. He had come from a Chicago lab and was an excellent researcher, but he
was too normal to work in a place like this. He had started to question the
motives of the research, and had repeatedly questioned the superiors.
This news reached my ears in the secret (intelligence) service. If information
had been leaked out, he would be the first to go? This was the general
opinion amongst the masses.
We both ignored John and started the clean-up of that woman. We had
to kill her. When she had consumed Nemesis she started to regain some
intelligence and exhibited some preculiar behaviors. The behavior would
worsen. She would ripped off another womans face and would wear it herself.
According to the records she showed the same behaviors when she was first
injected with the original virus. Recently three researchers had been
killed as a result of her behavior, and this is what prompted her immediate
termination. Because the "G project" was progressing so well, we had
no use for her.
Her death was confirmed over the course of 3 days, and her "dead body"
was carried somewhere by the president. After all was said and done, no
one knew who she was or why she was here. But this was also true of any
of the other test subjects. If she had not been here the G-project would
not have existed. Both Birkin and I would had be in completely different
situations. I had this on my mind as I left the Arklay labs.
How far was Spencer planning on taking this?
(the "incident" would happen 3 years later)
17.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _ _
| |__ ___ ______ __| |_ _ _ __ _| |_ ___ __ _ _ _
| '_ \/ _ (_-<_-< (_-< _| '_/ _` | _/ -_) _` | || |
|_.__/\___/__/__/ /__/\__|_| \__,_|\__\___\__, |\_, |
|___/ |__/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4017
COMING SOON.
18.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_
_ _ _____ _(_)_____ __ __
| '_/ -_) V / / -_) V V /
|_| \___|\_/|_\___|\_/\_/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4018
COMING SOON.
19.
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
_ _
| | ___ __ _ __ _| |
| |__/ -_) _` / _` | |
|____\___\__, \__,_|_|
|___/
!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*(`'�.� �.�'�)�.�'�)�.�'�)*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*!*
re4019
This guide was made only for the purpose of helping other people,
and i dont intend to use it for profit, and i would really really
appreciate it if no one else does it too. This guide is as free
as everyone of us is. Use it nicely. The following sites have are
the special sites who this guide belongs too in full right... (
( PS ... this doesnt mean that other sites cant use the guide, any
site which i want this guide to go to and any site which tells me
before using it shall be allowed )))
www.planetdreamcast.com/residentevil
www.rebiohazard.com
www.gamefaqs.com
faqs.ign.com
www.neoseeker.com
www.gamerhelp.com
www.cheathappens.com
www.capcom-central.com
www.bio-hq.com
And any other site which take my permit first...
Any other site can also use this guide as long as they keep it to
themselves and inform me about my guide being used, and i really
wouldnt like it if anyone uses it for money PLEASE TELL ME BEFORE
YOU USE MY GUIDE.
This guide was made by Adnan Javed , better known as ChandooG on the
Gamefaqs message boards, i made this guide just for the people for
free to be used as a source of making your game easy and enjoyable...
or if you dont understand in those words or you think of using this
guide for profiticle purposes then know this that I have a very
qualified lawyer in my family :) get the picture.
Resident Evil all its characters and all the logo's are copyright
of capcom co. I am in no associated with capcom and this guide is
an uffocial work. Resident Evil/Biohazard is a regestered trademark
of capcom co. CAPCOM ARE LIKE GODS. RESPECT THEm.
�Capcom Co., Ltd. 2005 �Capcom U.S.A., Inc. 2005 ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
RESIDENT EVIL, CAPCOM and the CAPCOM LOGO are registered trademarks of
Capcom Co., Ltd. Nintendo, Nintendo GameCube theofficial seal are
trademarks of Nintendo.Theratings iconis a registered trademark of the
Entertainment Software Association. All other trademarks are owned by
their respective owners.
On another note i dont think i need to mention that this guide is also
protected by the international copyright laws and that makes it about
as illegal as any bad thing for anyone to plagrize it, i ask everyone
to keep there eyes open and if they ever see this guide being used for
the wrong reasons then please dont hesitate to contact me and i shall
see what i can do about it, dont think of this as a joke because
plagrism is not that uncommon nowadays, several great authors works
are plagrized for money and thats.. very VERY bad..
* CONTACTING INFORMATION
----------------------
Want to drop an email to me ?! please make sure of the following things
before sending me an email
* look in the walkthrough for any puzzle or boss related questions
first.. dont find it there.. mail me.
* If you have any strategy or any simpler method against the bosses
then dont hesitate in mailing them to me, you shall be credited if
i put them in this walkthrough
God any question about the game ?
use this address : [email protected]
or [email protected]
* CREDITS AND THANKS
------------------
* God of course for making the whole world like it is today
and a special thanks for making me lol ;-)
* My hands, i can say without a doubt that i may be one of
the fastest typers alive, since i wrote this enter thing
out in about less then 2 days. I RULE !
* GameFaqs.com , for allowing people such as me to show off
their writing skills, or even learn that common men can
also make walkthrough's for games, i mean three years ago
i didnt know what a FAQ was.
* All the people who use this walkthrough for making their
game easy, not for their profitable gains, a special
thanks to the websites who use it by asking my permission
first , and keeping it in its original unedited .txt format.
* Credit to Steve Kostadinovich for giving me the tip on how
to make the krauser fight easier in assignment ada.
BYE.
CHANDOO G SIGNING OFF.
© Web Media Network Limited, 1999 - 2024 This site is not affiliated in any way with Microsoft, Sony, Sega, Nintendo or any video game publishers.
Privacy Policy | Terms of Service.
Super Cheats is an unofficial resource with submissions provided by members of the public. These are not usually tested by us (because there are so many), so please use them at your own risk.
